Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual SMG200

19 19 19
Quality Changes the World

2 - 04- 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Motor Grader
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
SMG200
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 x12 x12
zen Safety, Operationzen&g Maintenance Manual
zen
g
4-19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
SMG200 Motor Grader
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 SMG200 Motor 4 -19 Grader 4-19

02 2-0 - 0
02 2 02 2-0
x1 22 x122 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Operation & Maintenance Manual
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4 -19 4 -19

0 2 2-0 WARNING0 2 2- 0
0 2 2- 0
2 2 22
g x 12 and understand all safety precautions
Read
g x 12 and instructions in this manual before
g x 1reading any
n
ze other manuals provided with this machine
ze n n
ze it. Failure to do
and before operating or maintaining
this could result in death or serious injury
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

SMG200 Motor Grader
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Sany Group
SANY Automobile Manufacturing CO.,LTD
Sany Industry Zone
Economic & Technical Development Zone
Changsha, Hunan, China 410100
4- 19 -19
http://www.sanygroup.com
4 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 02
g x12 gx1
2
Tel: 0086-4006098318 g x12
zen z e n zen
Scan here to download the Service Cloud APP
4- 19Android 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
iOS
2 02 2 02 2 02
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 0 4 -19

©2016 by Sany
0 2 2- Group. All rights reserved. No part of this02publication
2- may be reproduced, used, distributed
0 2 2-
x 2 2 except during normal operation of thex1machine
or disclosed
1this 22 22
as described herein. All information included
x 1etc.,
g
en in differences between your machine and g g
zenwhat is presented here. Sany Group assumes zen no liability.
within publication was accurate at the time of publication. Product improvements, revisions, may
zresult
For more information, contact Sany Group.
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

SMG200 Motor Grader
4- 19 -1 9
4- 19
2-0 -04
DELINEATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
2 2-0
02 02 02
22 22 x12
2
n gx1 gx1 g
e
z Specific Declaration zen zen
A grader is an enginnering vehicle with a blade used to finish soil and create a flat surface. Graders
are commonly used in the construction and maintenance of gravel road and subgrade. Graders
are also used to strip topsoil or greensward, produce ditches, finish side slope. Graders can mix
up, backfill, bulldoze and pave materials. If equipped with a front dozer blade, it can pave, stack
and backfill loose materials. If equipped with a rear scarifier, it can loose hard and dense soil. Any
other use or any operation beyond the specified working range is not authorized use. Sany ex-
pressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any unauthorized use.
19 manual is used to guide qualified operators

Information in-this
4 4 -19 to operate and maintain graders0cor-
4 -19
0 2- 0
2- expressly bears no liability for any consequence - in-
due to any use not observing22the
2
rectly. Sany
0
2 in this manual. 2 0 2 2 0
12
formation
gx gx 12 12
zen It is forbidden to convert the grader without ngx
zen authorization. Sany expressly bearszeno liability for any
consequence. When crack or electrical malfunction on the grader occurs, please contact the sup-
plier, and don’t conduct welding or make changes without permission, or else, for any conse-
quence due to such contravention, Sany shall not bear any liability.
Use genuine spare parts from Sany. Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine damage or
accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.
Operate and maintain parts (such as engine, A/C) on the grader, and observe related regulations
on Users' guide supplied from their manufacturer.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 0 4 -19
2 2-
Sany expressly
0 0 2- or damage due to force majeure of
bears no liability for any machine2failure
0 2 2-
natural
2 (earthquake, typhoon) and wars. 2 2 2
g 12
disasters
x g x 1 g x 12
zen Sany cannot predict every circumstance zenthat might involve a potential hazard inzeoperation
n
or main-
tenance. Operators and owners should highly attach importance to safety. Local specific safety
rules of the countries may be stricter. If they differ from the regulations in this manual, observe the
stricter one.
Duty of Sany
• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents.

• Fulfill their promises on after-sales service, and document all maintenance and repair working
419
done by after-sales
- service personnel.
4 -19 4- 19
• Train2the 0
2- operation and maintenance personnel - 0
2based on their needs. 2-0
2 0 2 0 2 2 02
g x 12 g x 12 gx12
zen zen zen
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1

SMG200 Motor Grader
1 9 19 19
04-or Other Anthorized Personnel
Duty of Owners
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 202 202
•
g x12after each person involved in the product’s
Only
g x12 operation, maintenance and repairxis12trained
g
zenand fully understands the Parts Book and
zenSafety, Operation and Maintenance Manual,
zen can they
operate and maintain the grader.
• Ensure the operation and maintenance personnel are qualified and know their related
responsibilities.
• Periodically check related personnel's safety consciousness during working.
• If any fault which will lead to unsafety occurs, stop the grader immediately.
• Sany service personnel have the right to check the grader for safety.
• Besides check items regulated by Sany, observe local laws and regulations to check the grader.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the grader.
9
-1 use of the grader. 19 19
• Carefully plan4the 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 2 02 2 02
12All Working Personnel
Dutyxof
g g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
• If there is any abnormal symptom which may cause abnormal working of the grader or potential
hazard, report to your leader. If possible, correct fault in time.
• All personnel working around the grader must observe all warning signals and take care of their
own and others' safety.
• All personnel should know their working tasks and procedures.
• Watch surrounding things like high voltage wire, unrelated personnel and poor ground for poten-
tial danger, and report to the operators and signalmen.
Duty of Managers 9
4- 1 4-19 4-19
2-0
2 operators are trained and fully understand 2-0 2-0
• Ensure20the
2 202 the Safety, Operation and Maintenance
2 202 2
gx 1 supplied by Sany. Ensure they are ginx1physical fitness and have the certification
Manual gx1of opera-
zen zen
tion. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate the grader. zen
• Ensure the operators have good judgment ability, teamwork consciousness and psychological
quality. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate or repair the grader.
• Ensure the signalmen have good vision and acoustic judgment, master standard command sig-
nals. At the same time, they should have enough experience in recognizing danger factors cor-
rectly, and inform the operators of danger factors to avoid them in time.
• Ensure assistant workers can identify the model and working condition to choose a proper
grader.
• Make each working person take their related responsibilities, and require them to report unsafe
- 19 4-19 4-19
-04leader in time.
factors to their
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

SMG200 Motor Grader Table of Contents
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
22
02 2-0 Table of2 20Contents
2 2-0
2 02 2-0
g x1 g x1 g x12
zen zen zen
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 About This Manual ................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-4
1.3 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-4
1.3.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................1-4
1.3.2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual ................................................................1-4
1.3.3 Parts Book .....................................................................................................................1-4
1.4 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
0 4 -19
1.4.1 Directional
0 4 -19
Reference of the Machine .......................................................................1-5
0 4 -19
1.4.22 -
2Serial 2- 2-
Number Location ...............................................................................................1-5
2 2
2 0 2 0 2 0
g x 121.4.3 Record of Serial Number andgDealer x 12 Information ...................................................1-7
g x 12
zen 1.4.4 Cab Interior....................................................................................................................1-8
zen zen
1.5 Correction Request...............................................................................................................1-9
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Safety - General ....................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.2 Hazard Alerts in This Manual......................................................................................2-5
2.1.3 Operator Safety Information .......................................................................................2-7
2.1.4 Mount and Dismount the Machine .............................................................................2-8
2.2 Machine 4 19 4 -19
-Safety......................................................................................................................2-9
4 -19
- 0
2Authorized 2- 0 2- 0
2.2.1
2 0 2 2 0 2
Use of the Machine ..................................................................................2-9
2 0 2
g x 122.2.2 Unauthorized Use of the Machine..............................................................................2-9
g x 12 g x 12
zen 2.2.3 Escape Tool................................................................................................................
zen zen 2-10
2.2.4 Fire Safety .................................................................................................................. 2-10
2.2.5 Electrical Fires ........................................................................................................... 2-10
2.2.6 Fire Extinguisher.........................................................................................................2-11
2.2.7 In Case of Fire.............................................................................................................2-11
2.2.8 Crushing Hazards.......................................................................................................2-11
2.2.9 Unauthorized Machine Modifications ..................................................................... 2-12
2.3 Job Safety ........................................................................................................................... 2-12
2.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 2-12
4
2.3.2 Personal
0 -19 Protective Equipment (PPE) ...................................................................
0 4 -19 0 4
2-13 -19
2 -
2Travel 2 2- 2 2-2-13
2 0
2.3.3 and Operation Precautions 2 0 0
..........................................................................
2
g x 122.3.4 Electrocution Hazard.................................................................................................
g x 12 g x 12 2-15
z e n e n e n
z ....................................................................................
z
2.3.5 Dust and Chemical Hazards 2-18
2.4 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-18
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 I

Table of Contents SMG200 Motor Grader
9 9 9
- 0 4-1 - 0 4-1
2.4.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 2-1804-1
022
2.4.2 2Lockout/Tagout 0 2 2
Procedures ..................................................................................... 0 2
2-202-
2 2
g x 12 Clean the Machine ....................................................................................................
2.4.3 g x 12 g x 12 2-20
zen2.4.4 Fluid Systems.............................................................................................................
zen zen 2-20
2.4.5 Electrical System ....................................................................................................... 2-22
2.4.6 Environmental Precautions...................................................................................... 2-23
2.5 Machine Decals.................................................................................................................. 2-23
3 System Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Main Body Components.......................................................................................................3-5
3.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................3-5
3.1.2 Frame .............................................................................................................................3-6
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 0 4 -19
3.1.3 Swing - 2-
Support...............................................................................................................3-7
2-
022
3.1.4 2Tandem 0 2 0 2
x 1 2 x 1 22
Drive Case......................................................................................................3-8
x 1 22
g g g
zen3.1.6 Front Axle ......................................................................................................................3-9
zen zen
3.1.5 Transmission Assembly...............................................................................................3-8
3.1.7 Work Implement............................................................................................................3-9

3.1.8 Moldboard......................................................................................................................3-9
3.1.9 Engine ......................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.2 Optional Work Equipment..................................................................................................3-11
3.2.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................3-11
3.2.2 Front Push-Plate.........................................................................................................3-11
3.2.3 Front Harrow .............................................................................................................. 3-12
-19 -19
3.2.4 Front Counterweight ................................................................................................. 3-13 19
3.2.5 Rear 2 - 0 4 - 0 4
Scarifier .............................................................................................................
2 3-142 - 04-
02
2Interior 202 2
203-15
3.3 Cab 2 2 2
.........................................................................................................................
e n gx1 Introduction.................................................................................................................
3.3.1 e n gx1 e n gx1 3-15
z z z
3.3.2 Control Levers............................................................................................................ 3-16
3.3.3 Front Control Console............................................................................................... 3-22
3.3.4 Steering Wheel .......................................................................................................... 3-25
3.3.5 Brake Pedal................................................................................................................ 3-26
3.3.6 Throttle Pedal............................................................................................................. 3-27
3.3.7 Right Control Console............................................................................................... 3-27
3.3.8 Inching Pedal ............................................................................................................. 3-31
3.3.9 Fuses........................................................................................................................... 3-32
3.3.10 Wall-Mounted
4 -19 -19
Control Panel..................................................................................
4
3-34 -19
3.4 Other Operator2 2 - 0 2 - 0
Controls and Switches...........................................................................
2 3-42
2 2 -04
0
2Door 20 203-42
3.4.11 2 1 2
Release Lever .................................................................................................. 1 2
gx gx gx 3-42
zen3.4.2 Battery Disconnect Switch .......................................................................................
zen zen
3.4.3 Back-up Alarm ........................................................................................................... 3-44
3.4.4 Cab Interior Lights ..................................................................................................... 3-44
II Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

9 9 9
- 0 4-1
3.4.5 Radio/MP3
- 0 4-1
Player ..................................................................................................... 3-45
- 0 4-1
022 022 022 3-50
3.5 Monitor.................................................................................................................................
2 2 2
n g x123.5.1 Initialization Screens .................................................................................................
n g x12 n g x12 3-50
ze z e z e
3.5.2 Main Menu Screen .................................................................................................... 3-51
3.5.3 Operating System Screens ...................................................................................... 3-57
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 New Machine Run-In ............................................................................................................4-5
4.2 Pre-Start Checks...................................................................................................................4-6
4.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Operation & Maintenance Manual .............................................................................4-6
4.2.3 Daily 9Maintenance Record..........................................................................................4-6
0 4 -1 0 4 -19 0 4 -19
2- 2- 2-
4.2.4 Exterior...........................................................................................................................4-7
0 2 0 2 0 2
x 1 22
4.2.5 Interior
x 1 22 x 1 22
............................................................................................................................4-7
g g g
zen 4.3.1 Access the Main Menu ..............................................................................................4-11
zen zen
4.3 Monitor / First-Time Setup .................................................................................................4-11
4.4 Engine Procedures ............................................................................................................ 4-15

4.4.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 4-15
4.4.2 Engine Start-Up Procedures.................................................................................... 4-16
4.4.3 Idle the Engine ........................................................................................................... 4-18
4.4.4 Engine Warm-Up ....................................................................................................... 4-18
4.4.5 Cold-Weather Operation .......................................................................................... 4-19
4.5 Travel Operations............................................................................................................... 4-20
-19 -19
4.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 4-2019
- 0
4.5.22Before 4 - 0 4
Travel..............................................................................................................
2 2 - 04-
4-21
2 202 Steering.......................................................................................................................
4.5.3 2 202 2 202 4-22
e n gx1 4.5.4 Travel Forward...........................................................................................................
e n gx1 e n gx1 4-23
z z z
4.5.5 Travel in Reverse....................................................................................................... 4-24
4.5.6 Reverse from a Steep Slope or Ditch ..................................................................... 4-26
4.6 Control the Work Equipment ............................................................................................ 4-27
4.6.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 4-27
4.6.2 Grade on the Left....................................................................................................... 4-27
4.6.3 Grade on the Right .................................................................................................... 4-29
4.6.4 Grade Around an Obstacle ...................................................................................... 4-31
4.6.5 Grade on S-Shape Curves....................................................................................... 4-31
4.6.6 Cut-a19Left Side V-Ditch..............................................................................................
-19 4-34 -19
0 4 0 4
- a Right Side V-Ditch........................................................................................... 0 4
4.6.7
0 2 2Cut 0 2 2- 0 2 2-4-36
2 2 2 4-38
g x 124.6.8 Cut a Flat-Bottom Ditch ............................................................................................
g x 12 g x 12
zen 4.6.9 Clean a Left Ditch ......................................................................................................
zen zen 4-40
4.6.10 Clean a Right Ditch ................................................................................................. 4-41
4.6.11 Clean a Left Road Shoulder................................................................................... 4-43
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 III

Table of Contents SMG200 Motor Grader
9 9 9
4.6.12 Clean
- 0 4-a1 Right Road Shoulder................................................................................
- 0 4-1 4-4404-1
4.6.13 0 2 2
Scrape a Wet Ditch 0 2 2
................................................................................................. 0 2
4-452-
2 2 2
g x 12 Grade On a Slope ...................................................................................................
4.6.14 g x 12 g x 12 4-46
zen4.6.15 Scrape a Right-Side Slope.....................................................................................
zen zen 4-47
4.6.16 Left-Side Vertical Operation................................................................................... 4-49
4.6.17 Right-Side Vertical Operation ................................................................................ 4-52
4.6.18 Operate the Scarifier............................................................................................... 4-54
4.6.19 Operate the Push-Plate.......................................................................................... 4-56
4.6.20 Operate the Centershift Cylinder .......................................................................... 4-58
4.7 Park the Machine ............................................................................................................... 4-59
4.7.1 Stop the Machine....................................................................................................... 4-59
4.7.2 Engine Shutdown 9 (Normal)......................................................................................
9 4-59
0 4 - 1
0 4 - 1
0 4 -19
4.7.3 Engine - Shutdown (Electrical Malfunction)
2-
............................................................. 4-60
2-
022 the Machine ....................................................................................................
4.7.4 2Leave 0 2 0 2
x 1 2 x 1 22 x 1 22 4-61
4.8g en g en g
en Tow the Machine ................................................................................................................ 4-61
z4.9 z z
Transport the Machine....................................................................................................... 4-63
4.9.1 Preparation Before Loading..................................................................................... 4-63
4.9.2 Check Before Loading .............................................................................................. 4-63
4.9.3 Load............................................................................................................................. 4-63
4.9.4 Transportation............................................................................................................ 4-64
4.9.5 Unload......................................................................................................................... 4-64
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
-19 -19 -19
5.1 General Maintenance Information ......................................................................................5-5
0 4 0 4 0 4
0 2- 0 2 2-
5.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................5-5
2 0 2 2-
2 2 2
g 12 Checks Before Maintenance.......................................................................................5-5
5.1.2
x g x 12 g x 12
zen5.1.3 Checks After Maintenance orzRepairs.......................................................................5-6
en zen
5.1.4 Hour Meter Reading.....................................................................................................5-6
5.1.5 Genuine Sany Replacement Parts ............................................................................5-7
5.1.6 Sany-Approved Lubricants..........................................................................................5-7
5.1.7 Weld, Drill, Cut or Grind on the Machine...................................................................5-7
5.1.8 Clean Parts or the Machine.........................................................................................5-8
5.1.9 Covers and Locks.........................................................................................................5-8
5.1.10 Hydraulic Oil Inspection.............................................................................................5-8
5.1.11 Inspection and Maintenance in Adverse Environments........................................5-9
5.2 Torque Values
0 4 -19......................................................................................................................5-11
0 4 -19 0 4 -19
0 2- 0 2 2-
5.2.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................5-11
2 0 2 2-
2 2 2
g 12 Specific Torque Values ..............................................................................................5-11
5.2.2
x g x 12 g x 12
zen5.2.3 General Torque Values ..............................................................................................5-11
zen zen
5.3 Fluids & Lubricants ............................................................................................................ 5-13
5.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 5-13
IV Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

9 9 9
- 0 4-1 Capacity and Type ...................................................................................
5.3.2 Location,
- 0 4-1 5-14
- 0 4-1
022Fuel..............................................................................................................................
5.3.3
2 2 022 2 022 5-15
n g x125.3.4 Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature n g x12 Data .................................................................
n g x12 5-16
ze z e
5.3.5 Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data (Continued)............................................ 5-17 z e
5.3.6 Lubricating Grease/Temperature Data................................................................... 5-17
5.3.7 Industrial Gear Oil/Temperature Data .................................................................... 5-18
5.3.8 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperature Data .............................................................. 5-18
5.3.9 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperature Data (Continued) ........................................ 5-18
5.3.10 Transmission Oil/Ambient Temperature Data ..................................................... 5-19
5.3.11 Engine Coolant ........................................................................................................ 5-20
5.3.12 Lubricants................................................................................................................. 5-21
5.3.13 Grease 9 ......................................................................................................................
9 5-21 9
4 - 1 4 - 1 4-1
5.3.14-0Windshield - 0
Washer Fluid ....................................................................................... - 0
5-21
2 022 Maintenance .............................................................................................................
5.4 Daily 2 022 2 022 5-22
n g x125.4.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................
n g x12 n g x12 5-22
ze z e
5.4.2 Secure the Machine for Maintenance..................................................................... 5-22
z e
5.4.3 Maintenance Log ....................................................................................................... 5-52
5.5 50-Hour Maintenance........................................................................................................ 5-52
5.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 5-52
5.5.3 Maintenance Log ....................................................................................................... 5-69
5.6 250-Hour Maintenance...................................................................................................... 5-69
5.6.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 5-69
-19 -19
- 0 4
5.6.32Maintenance - 0 4
Log .......................................................................................................
2 2 - 04-
5-82
202
5.72500-Hour 2 202 2
Maintenance......................................................................................................202 5-83
e n gx1 5.7.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................
z z z
5.7.3 Maintenance Log ....................................................................................................... 5-92
5.8 1,000-Hour Maintenance .................................................................................................. 5-92
5.8.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 5-92
5.8.3 Maintenance Log ..................................................................................................... 5-100
5.9 2,000-Hour Maintenance ................................................................................................ 5-100
5.9.1 Introduction............................................................................................................... 5-100
5.9.2 Secure
0 4 -19 the Machine for Maintenance...................................................................
0 4 -19 5-100
0 4 -19
-
22Maintenance
5.9.3 22-
Log ..................................................................................................... -
225-109
2 20 2 20 2 20
gx1 gx1 gx1
zen 6 Specifications ...................................................................................................................6-1
zen zen
6.1 Machine Dimensions ............................................................................................................6-3
6.2 Technical Speclflcatlons.......................................................................................................6-4
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 V

SMG200 Motor Grader
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
VI Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

SMG200 Motor Grader Introduction
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Introduction
19 19 19
04- 04- 04-
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
- - -
022 This Manual ................................................................................................................1-3
1.1 About
2 2 022 2 022
n g x12Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-4
1.2
n g x12 n g x12
ze 1.3 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-4
ze ze
1.3.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................1-4
1.3.2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual...............................................................1-4
1.3.3 Parts Book....................................................................................................................1-4
1.4 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
1.4.1 Directional Reference of the Machine......................................................................1-5
1.4.2 Serial Number Location..............................................................................................1-5
1.4.3 Record of Serial Number and Dealer Information ..................................................1-7
1.4.4 Cab Interior ..................................................................................................................1-8
19 19 19
04- Request...............................................................................................................1-9
1.5 Correction
2 - 04-
2 - 2 - 04-
202 202 202
gx 12 gx 12 gx 12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-1

Introduction SMG200 Motor Grader
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
Read and understand all safety precautions and instructions in this manual before reading any
other manuals provided with this machine and before operation or maintaining it.Failure to do
19death or serious injury.
this could result -in
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
1-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

-1 9 19 19
-04
1.Introduction 4- 4-
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
22
x1 About This Manual
1.1 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
This manual provides safety, operation, main-
tenance and technical specification informa-
tion. A copy must be kept in the cab at all
times. If you sell the machine, a copy of this
manual must be provided to the new owner.
It is important to read this manual carefully be-

fore beginning any operation or maintenance.
All personnel involved with this machine must Fig.1-1
9
-1 periodically to remain knowl- -19 19
read this manual
0 4 0 4 4-
edgeable
0 2 2- about its operation and 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx 12
maintenance.
gx 12 g x12
zen Items addressed in this manual are designed
zen zen
to help you:
• Understand the different systems and per-
formance of your machine.
• Reduce improper operation.
• Point out possible hazardous situations
when operating and maintaining the
machine.
• Increase machine efficiency during
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2- 2- 2-0
operation
0
• Prolong 2 0 2 02
x 22
1Reduce
the service life of your machine.
x 12
2
x12
2
g• g g
zen zen zen
maintenance costs.
Continuing improvements in the design of this

machine can lead to changes in detail which
may not be covered in this manual. Always
consult your Sany dealer for the latest avail-
able information on your machine or if you
have questions regarding information in this
manual.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

-1 9 19 19
1.2 Contact04Information 4- 4-
2 - 2-0 2-0
202 202 202
n g x 2 for purchasing a Sany machine.nIfgx12
Thank1you
g x12
e need to contact us for any reason,zeyou
zyou zen
can reach us as follows:
Sany Industry Town, Economic and Techno-

logical Z one, Changsha, Hunan, China
410100
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn
Phone: 0086-731-84031888
Fig.1-2
9
Fax: 0086-731-84031999
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 Documentation Package x12 2
1.3 Your
x12
2
gx1
en g g
z1.3.1 Introduction
zen zen
This documentation applies only to this ma-

chine and should not be used with any other
machines. The documentation for this ma-
chine includes the following items:
1.3.2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance

Manual
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

A copy of this
0 2 2- Safety, Operation & Mainte- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 must always remain in the op- 2 2 2
12 x12
nance manual
n g x n gx1 g
zen
erator cab (a) at all times. See “Specific
e
zTorque Values” on page 5-11 for complete z e
details.
A copy of this manual should be made avail-

able to maintenance personnel when main-
taining the machine.
1.3.3 Parts Book
The Parts book consists

- 1 9 of parts lists and
-19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2- The Parts book is best left in 2- 2-0
matching drawings used for ordering spare
2 0 2
parts as needed. 2 0 2 202
x 12
the gworkshop area or office. It should always g x 12 g x12
enavailable to the maintenance and service
zbe zen zen
personnel.

9 19 19
4-1 Machine
1.4 Your0Sany 4- 4-
2 - 2-0 2-0
202 202 202
n g x12 Directional Reference of the ngx12
1.4.1
g x12
ze Machine ze zen
All views are from the operator’s seat and fac-
ing forward as indicated by the black arrow in
the image below.
4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen A zen zen B
Fig.1-3
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
22-0 2-0
02 C. Left side 02 2-0
20
A.2Front 2 2
n gxB.1 Back (rear) g x12 g x12
z e zen D. Right side
zen
1.4.2 Serial Number Location
The data plate (a) includes information that

will be needed by your Sany dealer when or-
dering replacement parts or providing assis-
tance for your machine. Record this
information in this manual for future use.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.1-4
4-19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2 2-0
1.4.320Record 02 2-0 02 2-0
2
of Serial Number and 2 2
gx 1
Dealer Information g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
This location is for you to record information relating to your machine. It is required that you keep
this
manual with your machine at all times for reference.
Model No. SMG200 T3 Motor Grader
Machine Serial Number
Engine Serial Number
Transmission Serial Number
Rear Axle Serial Number
1 9 19 19
04- Case Serial No.
Right Tandem
2-0
4-
2-0
4-
022-
Left2Tandem Case Serial No. 202 202
x12
g Date of Production g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Dealer Name:
19 19 19
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 02 02
Address:
2 2 2
g x1 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Phone Numbers:
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

0 2 2-
1.4.4 Cab Interior
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
6
4 5
8
7
3
4-19 4-19 9
4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 ng x12
zen zen ze10
1
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.1-5
1. Seat 6. Steering wheel

2. Clutch pedal 7. Brake pedal
3. Control levers 8. Accelerator pedal
9 -19 19
4-1 -04selector 4-
4. Console
0 22-0 9. Gear
22 02 2-0
22 20 Key switch
2 10. 2
x12
5. Display
g x1 g x1 g
zen zen zen

9
1 Request 19 19
04-
1.5 Correction
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 202 202
n g x 2 find a problem with this manual, nplease
If 1you
g x12 g x12
ze email techpubs@sanyamerica. com zwith e the zen
page (s) where the problem was found and a
description of the problem.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader Safety
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Safety
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2 2 2
20 - General ....................................................................................................................2-5
2.12Safety 2 20 2 20
1 1 1
gx 2.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................2-5
gx gx
zen zen zen
2.1.2 Hazard Alerts in This Manual ....................................................................................2-5
2.1.3 Operator Safety Information ......................................................................................2-7
2.1.4 Mount and Dismount the Machine............................................................................2-8
2.2 Machine Safety......................................................................................................................2-9
2.2.1 Authorized Use of the Machine .................................................................................2-9
2.2.2 Unauthorized Use of the Machine ............................................................................2-9
2.2.3 Escape Tool............................................................................................................... 2-10
2.2.4 Fire Safety ................................................................................................................. 2-10
0 4 -19 Fires ..........................................................................................................

2.2.5 Electrical
0 4 -19 2-1019
04-
2.2.62-Fire Extinguisher .......................................................................................................2-11
2 - 2 -
2 202 In Case of Fire ...........................................................................................................2-11
2.2.7 2 202 2 202
e n gx1 2.2.8 Crushing Hazards .....................................................................................................2-11
e n gx1 e n gx1
z z z
2.2.9 Unauthorized Machine Modifications .................................................................... 2-12
2.3 Job Safety ........................................................................................................................... 2-12
2.3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 2-12
2.3.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).................................................................. 2-13
2.3.3 Travel and Operation Precautions......................................................................... 2-13
2.3.4 Electrocution Hazard ............................................................................................... 2-15
2.3.5 Dust and Chemical Hazards................................................................................... 2-18
2.4 Maintenance Safety ........................................................................................................... 2-18
0 4 -19
2.4.1 Introduction
0 4 -19
............................................................................................................... 2-18
0 4 -19
2.4.2
0 2 2-Lockout/Tagout Procedures....................................................................................
0 2 2- 0 2 2-2-20
2 2 2 2-20
g x 122.4.3 Clean the Machine ...................................................................................................
g x 12 g x 12
zen zen zen
2.4.4 Fluid Systems ........................................................................................................... 2-20
2.4.5 Electrical System...................................................................................................... 2-22
2.4.6 Environmental Precautions..................................................................................... 2-23
Safety SMG200 Motor Grader
1 9 1 9 9
04- 04-
2.5 Machine Decals.................................................................................................................. 2-2304-1
2 - 2 - 2 -
202 202 202
gx 12 gx 12 gx 12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

-1 9 19 19
-04
2.Safety 4- 4-
02 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
x1 Safety - General x12
2
x12
2
n g2.1 g g
z e zen zen
2.1.1 Introduction
This section of the manual provides detailed

information on basic safety precautions and
preventative measures to be followed during
operation and maintenance of this machine.
2.1.2 Hazard Alerts in This Manual

-19 -19 4- 19
-04 are usually caused by the fail- 22-04
Most accidents
2 2 2-0
ure to20follow fundamental safety rules for the 20 202
x 1 2 1 2 x12
goperation ngx
zen To avoid accidents, it is important thatzeall
and maintenance of the machine.
zen
g
per-
sonnel involved with the operation or mainte-
nance of this machine must read this manual
before operating or performing maintenance
on this machine.
Improper operation or maintenance of this

machine could result in death or serious
injury.
9 neglect by operators, job
-1or -19 19
Carelessness
0 4 0 4 4-
2 2- maintenance staff, or job site 022-
supervisors,
0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 can result in their death or injurygxand
workers 12 g x12
zen costly damage to the machine and property.
zen zen
Hazard alerts are used throughout this man-
ual. Each hazard alert contains a hazard alert
symbol and a signal word to identify the haz-
ard’s degree of consequence if the message
is ignored.
The following (ANSI/ISO) signal words are

used to inform that there is a potentially haz-
ardous situation9 that may lead to damage,
0 4 -1 or even death. In this manua- 0 4 -19 4- 19
-
personal injury
022the machine decals, different signal 2022
-
02 2-0
land 2on 2
n g x12 x12
used to express the potentialnglevel g x12
zen
wordsare
ze of hazard. ze

4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 Table 2–1 2-0 2-0
2 202 202
g x12 Safety Decal gx1
2
Explanation g x12
zen z e n zen
indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER

avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING

4-19 CAUTION 4 19 result in minor or moderate
avoided, -could
4-19
02 2-0 22-
injury.
0
0
02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen damage
indicates a situation which can cause
to the machine, personal property and/ or the
NOTICE environment, or cause the machine to operate
improperly
This symbol is used within a graphic to alert
the user not to do something.
Sany cannot foresee every circumstance that

might involve a potential hazard in operation
9
-1Therefore, -19 19
or maintenance. 0 4 some hazard 0 4 4-
0
alerts in this2 -
2manual and on the machine may 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 all possible safety precautions. gx12
not ginclude g x12
zen zen zen
Local governments or authorities may have
stricter standards. If some stipulations in this
manual disagree with the local laws or regula-
tions, the stricter ones prevail.
All procedures and precautions outlined in this

manual apply only to the intended use of this
machine. If you use your machine for any un-
intended use that is not specifically prohibited,
you must be sure1that
0 4 - 9 it is safe for you and 0 4 -19 4-19
others to do2-so. In no event should you or
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 in prohibited uses or actions as 2 2 2
g x 12
others engage
x1 x12
en
described
z in this manual. eng
z zen
g

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2.1.3 Operator
0 2 2- Safety Information
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 1is2 impossible to compile a list of safetygxpre-
12 g x12
zen cautions covering every situation. However,zen zen
It
there are basic principles that must be fol-

lowed when operating this machine:
• Only qualified personnel who have been
specially trained are permitted to operate
and/or work on this machine.
• Operator aids such as warning lights, horns,
or buzzers, along with displays on the moni-
tors are designed to alert the operator to po-
19
- 4- 19 4- 19
-04
tential problems.
2
Sole reliance on these
2-0 2-0
202 aids, in place of good operating 202
operator 202
g x12 ng x12 g x12
zen zen
practices, can lead to an accident. Inspect
ze
the operator aids of this machine daily and
make sure each operator aid is in normal
working condition. Any faults found shall be
reported to your Sany dealer. Stop all work
immediately if any operator aid is found to
not be working properly.
• All accidentprevention guidelines, operating
instructions, etc., are based on authorized
9
use of the machine.
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
• Read and
0 2 2- understand this manual and any 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 12 x12
accompanying manuals before operating
g x g x g
zen zen zen
this machine.
• This manual must be readily available to
the operator at all times and must remain in
the cab while the machine is in use.
• Ensure that all personnel in the working
area around the machine are thoroughly fa-
miliar with safe operating practices as
stated in this manual.
• Review the local, state, and federal regula-
4 -19
tions and standards regarding this machine
4 -19 4- 19
0
and its2- operation. Work practice require- 2- 0 2-0
0 2 0 2 02
x 2 2 may vary among government regula-
1ments x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen tions, industry standards, and employer
zen zen
policies. A thoroughknowledge of all such
relevantwork rules is required

1 9 19 19
04- this machineor performing
beforeoperating
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 on it.
maintenance 2 02 202
x12 the maintenance log before the start
• nInspect
g g x 12 g x12
zen
ze of each workday shift. Ensure that routine zen
maintenance has been performed as stated
in this manual. Do not operate a damaged
or poorly maintained machine.
• No one besides the operator is to be any-
where on the machine while it is in
operation.
2.1.4 Mount and Dismount the Machine

4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2 202 02
Mounting 0or dismounting could pose some
2 2 2
x1 Observe the following:
hazards.
g x1 x12
eng
z•enAlways be sure the machine is at a full zstop zen
g
before attempting to access the machine.
Never jump onto or off of the machine.
a
• Never exit or enter the operator cab or deck
by any other means than the provided grab
handles (a) and steps (b).
b
• Always face the machine as you mount and
dismount.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen Fig.2-1
zen
a. Provided grab b. And steps
handles
• Always maintain a three-point contact (both

feet and one hand or one foot and both
hands) with the grab handles, steps and
deck to ensure proper support.
• Do not walk on the front counterweight. If
you must work on9 the counterweight use a
-1 4-19 4-19
-04
ladder or appropriate
22
safety alternatives
2-0 2-0
20 harness.)
(hoist2and 202 202
gx
•enWear
1
ng x12 g x12
zen
shoes with a slip-resistant sole
z ze
material.
Fig.2-2
19 19 19
• 04- on any surface of the machine
Do not walk
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 resistant material is missing or ex- 202
if slip- 202
g x12 ng of x12 g x12
zen zen
cessively worn. Do not step on surfaces
ze
the machine that are not approved for walk-
ing and working. Keep all walking and work-
ing surfaces of the machine clean, dry and
slip-resistant.
• Always keep grab handles steps and walk-
way areas clean and clear of mud, oil,
grease or similar debris. If these areas are
damaged, have them repaired or replaced
immediately. 9
4- 1 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 Machine Safety
2.2
g x12 g x12
zen 2.2.1 Authorized Use of the Machine
zen zen
This machine is mainly designed for the fol-

lowing operations:
• Clearing the foundation, fine leveling of
cracked roads or hard grounds, scraping
slopes, refinishing, mixture paving, collect-
ing and compacting materials.
• Removing ice and snow.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2 2-0
2.2.220Unauthorized Use of the Machine 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen If any procedure or action is not specified,
zen rec- zen
ommended, or allowed in this manual is per-
formed, the owner must be sure that the
action can be performed safely without caus-
ing injury to the operator or others or damag-
ing the machine.
Improper uses include, but are not limited to:

• Transporting people on the machine or in
the cab.
9 19 19
• 4-1 chains or other items at-
Using cables, 4- 4-
2-0
02 to the machine to transport objects.
tached 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
•x1Pulling x 22
1or x12
2
en g or pushing vehicles, g
trailers g
z containers. zen zen

• Overloading 0the
19
4- machine beyond its maxi- 4-19 4-19
2- 2-0 2-0
202
mum capacity. 202 202
x12 x12 x12
eng
z2.2.3 zen
g
zen
g
Escape Tool
As a precaution, always keep an escape tool

in the cab.
NOTE：
Inspect the escape tool periodically and re-
place it if it appears damaged or otherwise not
able to break the cab window to allow for
emergency exit.
19 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
20Safety
2.2.4 Fire 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
zFuel, ze
oil and some coolants are flammable.
ng zen
g
Always observe the following:
• Keep open flames, airborne sparks and
burning embers away from the machine.
• Shut down the engine and do not smoke
when refueling or servicing the machine.
• Adding oil, fuel, or coolant should be done
in a well-ventilated area.
• Clean up any spilled fluids or coolant
immediately. 4-19 4-19 4-19
• Check 2the 2-0
02 machine daily for excess debris 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2
g x12
buildup.
n g x12 g x12
ze zen zen
2.2.5 Electrical Fires
Short circuits in the electrical system, damage

or overcharging batteries can cause fires. Ad-
here to the following:
• Check the wiring on the machinefor dam-
age when doing a pre-start check. Repair or
replace any damaged wiring.
• -19
Never install aftermarket electrical equip-
4-19 4-19
2 2 -04 approval 2-0 2-0
02 02
ment without from your Sany
2 20 2 2
1
dealer.
gx g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
2.2.6 Fire
0 2 2- Extinguisher 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12a precaution, always g x12 g x12
ze n As keep a fire nextin-
ze zen
guisher in the cab.
Be sure the fire extinguisher is in good condi-

tion and know how to use it.
Be sure the fire extinguisher is at least a

three-pound “A, B, C” fire-rated extinguisher
(NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire
Extinguishers).
9 19 19
4-1of Fire
2.2.7 In Case 4- 4-
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 occurs on the machine, escape from
If 1a2fire 2 2
g x g x 12 g x12
zen the machine as follows: en z zen
• Immediately press the emergency stop to
shut down the machine. Never attempt to
move or continue operating the machine.
• Exit the area immediately and remain clear
of the machine until the fire department
gives permission to come near the
machine.
• Immediately call for help after getting clear
-19
of the machine.
4 4-19 4- 19
2
When20using
2-0
a fire extinguisher, always aim 202
2-0 02 2-0
2 2
x12
x1 extinguisher nozzle at the base of thegfire.
gthe g x12
zen zen zen
Have a list of emergency phone numbers
available in case of fire or an accident.
2.2.8 Crushing Hazards
Never place any body part out the windows or

door during operation or travel. The move-
ment of the work equipment or falling objects
could result in injury.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 -
Keep all 2guards on the machine in place.
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 remove the side window of thegxma-
Never 12 g x12
zen chine. If this window becomes damaged zen or zen
broken, replace it immediately.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 - where the machine is work-
Block off the 2area
0 2 2- 02 2-0
ing and2keep2 all unnecessary personnel out of 2 2 2
n g x 1
n gx1 g x12
e
the
z work area.
z e zen
2.2.9 Unauthorized Machine
Modifications
Do not perform any unauthorized machine

modifications.
2.3 Job Safety

1 9 19 19
04-
2.3.1 Introduction
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 202 202
It is the
g x 12owner’s and/or operator's responsibil-gx12 g x12
zityento replace any safety decals if they arezede-
n zen
faced or removed from the machine.
It is the owner’s and/or operator's responsibil-

ity to replace any safety decals if they are de-
faced or removed from the machine.
Never leave the machine running and unat-

tended. Always park the machine in a safe,
level area, lower any work equipment to a
safe position, lock the
- 1 9 controls to secure the -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2- 2- 2-0
machine to prevent tampering by unauthor-
2 0
ized personnel2 and shut down the engine be- 2 0 2 202
x12 the machine even for a moment. gx12
foregexiting g x12
zen zen zen
Before startingany work operations, travel or
maintenance procedures, be sure all person-
nelare at a safe distance away from all points
of the machine. Never allow anyone to stand
near the machine while it is in operation,
under maintenance or repair. Remember, the
larger the machine, the more restricted the
visibility will be.
-19 of the operator’s em-

It is the responsibility
0 4 0 4 -19 4-19
2 2- periodic safety training and
ployer to conduct
0 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 all personnel with emergencygx12
familiarize
g x12
en
zprocedures. zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- are in the area, proceed slowly 022-
If pedestrians
02 2-0
and2 2sound the horn. Pedestrians have the 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen right of way; a loaded or smaller machine
zen has zen
the right-of-away over an unloaded or larger
machine.
Never drive up to anyone standingin the path

of travel. Always be sure all personnelare
standing to the side when approached and
they acknowledge the approach.
When working with another person on a job

site, ensure that all personnel involved under-
0 4 -19 standard hand signals that 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
stand all industry
-
22used. 2 2-
are to20be 2 0 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen The operatorshall respond to operating
zensignal- zen
sonly from the proper signalperson only, but
shall obey a stop signal at any time from
anybody.
The operatormust always be able to see the

point of work location. If this is not possible,
then a signal person must be used. If visibility
becomes blocked for any reason, stop opera-
tion immediately.
19 19 19
If the machine
2 - 04- is equipped with operator aids, 2-04- 2-0
4-
OSHA
2 202requires this equipment to be used 2 202 202
x1 operating the machine.
gwhen gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
2.3.2 Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE)
Before using personal protective equipment,

be sure it is in good condition and will be able
to perform its task.
2.3.3 Travel and Operation Precautions

19 19 19
04- the machine may pose some 2-04-
Traveling -with
2 2-0
4-
202 When traveling with the machine, al-
hazards.
2 2 202 202
n x1 travel in a safe, controlled manner
gways n
1
gxand g x12
e
z remain alert at all times. Be sure the e
z areas zen
around the machine are clearly visible.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

When traveling
0 2 2- over rough ground, travel at 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 and steer carefully.
low speed
g x 12 g x12
en
zWhenever n
possible, avoid traveling overzeob- zen
stacles or raised areas. Traveling over ob-
stacles or raised areas could result in loss of
control or damage to the machine. When trav-
eling over raised areas, always travel at a
slow speed. Avoid any sharp turns or sudden
stops.
During travel, always maintain a safe distance

from people and surrounding objects.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
Always check
0 2 2- to be sure areas such as 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
bridges
g x 12or roadways will support the weight ofgx12 g x12
en machine before attempting to cross. zen
zthe zen
Before traveling in public areas, always check
with the relevant authorities and follow their
instructions.
Always be careful when traveling in tunnels,

under bridges, near utility lines or in places
where weight, or clearance is a problem.
Sloped Areas
19 19 19
04- areas always poses a
Traveling on -sloped
2 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
hazard. In
2 202order to prevent tipping, loss of 2 202 202
gx1 or a rollover, it is important to follow
control
n n gx1 g x12
e
zthese rules: z e zen
• Always check the firmness of the surface
on the slope before attempting to travel on
it.
• Always travel straight up or straight down a
slope.
• Never turn on a slope.
Snow or Frozen Surfaces

19
- 19 19
Be careful when
2 - 04traveling or operating the ma-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
02 or snowy surfaces. Snow-cov- 202
chine on 2frozen 202
2
eredgx1or frozen surfaces are slippery. The x12 x12
n n g g
e
zability to maneuver the machine is seriously ze zen

9 19 19
0 4-1machine may not respond as 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
affected. The
-
022when turning:
expected 02 02
•x 2 2 any rapid movement, accelerationx1or
1Avoid 22 x12
2
g g g
zen quick stopping. Always be aware ofzenthe in- zen
creased stopping distance required on
these surfaces.
• Avoid deep snow or frozen bodies of water.
• Keep in mind, even a slight slope may
cause the machine to slip. Be extra careful
when working on a sloped surface covered
with snow or ice.
• When traveling or moving the machine on a
- 19 4-19 4- 19
-04 slope, slow down gently. Use
snow-covered
2 2-0 2-0
02
the2engine drag to slow the machine down. 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 2.3.4 Electrocution Hazard zen zen
Keep all parts of this machineaway from all

electrical power lines and other electrical
power sources as shown on the following
table:
Table 2–2 Minimum Distances Between Machine and Power Lines
Cable Voltage, kV (kilovolts) Minimum Required Clearance, ft. (m)

9 19 19
4-1 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
350 or less 20 (6.10)
2 02 202 202
x12 x12 x12
Over 350 - 500 25 (7.62)
g g g
zen Over 500 - 750 zen 35 (10.67)zen
Over 750 - 1,000 45 (13.72)
NOTE：
This machine is not insulated.
Treat all overhead power lines as being ener-

gized and not insulated, unless reliable infor-
mation to the contrary from the utility
company or owner9 is available.
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2 2-
The clearance
0 requirements stated in this 22-
02 2-0
2 2 must be maintained at all times, even 2 20 2
1
manual
gx gx 1 g x12
zen if the electrical power lines or electrical
zenpower zen
source have been turned off.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
The job site supervisor is responsible for alert-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
ing all 2personnel of dangers associated with 2 2 2
n g x 1
n gx1 g x12
e
electrical
z powerlines and electrical power
z e zen
source. Do not allow unnecessary personnel
in the vicinity during operation.
It is not always necessary to physically con-

tact a power line or power source to be elec-
trocuted. Depending on magnitude, electricity
can arc or jump to any part of the machine if it
comes too close to an electrical power
source.
19 19 19
2 - 04-
The use of electrocution hazard devices (insu-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 insulated boom cages/guards, 2 202
lated links,
2 202
gx1 warning devices or mechanical limit
proximity
n n gx1 g x12
e e
zstops) do not assure that electrical contactz will zen
not occur.
Grounding of the machine affords little or no

protection from electrical hazards. The effec-
tiveness of grounding is limited by the size of
the conductor (wire) used, the condition of the
ground, the magnitude of the voltage and cur-
rent present, and numerous other factors.
Because of the voltages

0 4 -19 involved, overhead
0 4 -19 4-19
0 2-
power lines2present an extremely high risk of
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 shock. If contact occurs, proper 2 2 2
12
fatal electric
g x gx1 g x12
e n
safety
z procedures should be followed. The
z e n zen
danger posed by overhead power lines at the
job site is often compounded by other factors,
such as uneven ground that could cause the
machine to weave or bob into power lines,
and windy conditions that can make the power
lines sway, thereby reducing clearance.
To address these risks:

• Identify overhead power lines and mark
-19 the machine must re-
safe routes where
04-
19 4-19
peatedly 2 2 -04 2 - 2-0
20the machine at a slower-than-nor- 2 202 02
travel.
2 2
gx1
• Operate
n n gx1 g x12
e
z mal speed in the vicinity of power lines.z e zen

19 19 19
• 04- and ground overhead power
De-energize
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202or take other protective measures 202
lines 202
g x12 ng x12 g x12
zen • zen
such as guarding or insulating the lines.
ze
If the power lines are not de-energized, op-
erate the machine in the area ONLY if a
safe minimum clearance is maintained.
• If maintaining safe clearance by visual
means is difficult, designate a person to ob-
serve the clearance and to give immediate
warning when the machine approaches the
limits of safe clearance.
• Do not touch9 the machine until the signal
1 19 19
0 4 - 0 4 - 4-
person -indicates that it is safe to do so.
0 2 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2personnel should keep away from xthe
• 1All
x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen
machine whenever it is close toenpower
z zen
lines.
• The use of electrocution hazard devices is
not a substitute for de-energizing lines, or
maintaining safe clearance.
• If tag lines are used, they must be non-
conductive.
When working near transmitter/communica-

tion towers where the machine is close
9
-1electrical -19 19
enough for an
0 4 charge to be induced
0 4 4-
2 2-
in the0machine or materials being handled, 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12transmitter must be de-energized. x12
the
g g x12
zen If the machine or any of its components
zen con- zen
tacts an energized power source:
• Remain calm and do not panic.
• Immediately warn personnel in the vicinity
to stay away.
• If in the cab, stay there until the power com-
pany has been contacted and the power
source has been de- energized. No one
9 to the machine until the
must come close
-1 19 19
-04been turned off. 4- 4-
power has
2 2-0 2-0
• If2 it20is2 necessary to exit the machine, keep2 202 202
g x1 x1 x12
zen eng and
both feet and legs together, arms
z zen
g
hands at your side. Jump clear from the ma-
chine, maintain balance and land with both

19 19 19
04-and hands still at your side.
feet, legs, arms
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02 the machine during the jump.
Do not2touch 2 02 202
g
Once
n x12 on the ground continue to “bunny g x 12 g x12
ze zenas
hop” away from the affected area as far zen
possible.
Following any contact with an energized elec-

trical source, your Sany dealer must be imme-
diately notified of the incident and consulted
on necessary inspections and repairs. Should
the dealer not be immediately available, con-
tact Sany. The machinemust not be returned
to operation untilit 9has been thoroughly in-
0 4 1
-damage 0 4 -19 4-19
22- or replaced as authorized 2022-
spected for any and all damaged
02 2-0
parts are20repaired 2
2 12 x12
gx1 or your Sanydealer.
bynSany ngx g
ze ze zen
2.3.5 Dust and Chemical Hazards
Performing operations and/or encountering

hazardous materials on the job site may re-
lease substances that could pose a hazard.
Exposure to hazardous chemicals or dusts
poses a serious danger when they are re-
leased or mishandled. All workers involved
should use approved
0 4 -19 personal protective
4-19 4-19
equipment and
0 2 2- follow all environmental safety 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
regulations.
x1 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
2.4 Maintenance Safety
2.4.1 Introduction
Sany cannot foresee every circumstance that

might involve a potential hazard in operation
or maintenance. Therefore, some hazard
alerts in this manual and on the machine may
not include all possible safety precautions.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

If any procedure
0 2 2- or action not specified, rec- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 or allowed in this manual is used, 2 2 2
12 x12
ommended
g x
bensure that such procedures and actions can n gx1 g
e
zbe safely performed without damagingz the e zen
machine or causing injury. When unsure

9 19 19
0 4-1 of some procedures, contact 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
about the safety
-
022 dealer.
your Sany
2 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Before carrying out any repair, readen
z all the zen
safety messages on the machine and associ-
ated with the specific procedure.
Wear and use the proper Personal Protective

Equipment (PPE). PPE includes and is not
limited to safety shoes, hard hat and goggles.
When carrying out any operation with two or

more workers, always agree on the operating
procedure before starting.
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
Always 2
0
-
2inform fellow workers before 2
your 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2 20 2
1 1 x12
starting any step of the operation. Before
gx ngx in g
zen starting the work, hang lockout/tagoutzetags zen
the operator’s cab.
Keep all tools in good condition, know how to

use them,and use the correct one. Thoroughly
checkall tools before starting any procedure.
Park the machine on a hard and level surface,

and block the wheels to prevent the machine
from moving before adding oil or making any
repairs.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-
Before 2disconnecting
0
or removing compo- 22-
02 2-0
2 2 of the hydraulic or coolant systems, re-
2 20 2
1
nents
gx gx 1 g x12
zen lieve the pressure to prevent the fluidszen from zen
spraying out.
The coolant and oil in the circuits may be hot

after the engine is stopped, so be careful not
to get scalded. Wait for the oil and coolant
systems to cool before carrying out any work
on them.
When checkingthe machine with the enginer-

9
unning (i.e., measuring
- 1
oil pressure, revolving
-19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2- caught in rotating parts or moving 022- 2-0
speed, temperature, etc.), take extreme care
2 0 2 02
22 2
not to get
x12
gparts. gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
Disconnect electrical power from the machine
unless needed for the procedure.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

When removing
0 2 2- hoses or lines, stop fuel or oil 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 out. If any fuel or oil drips onto 2 2 2
g x 12
from spilling
gx1 g x12
e
the
z n floor, clean it up immediately.
z e n zen
When installing high pressure hoses, make
sure they are not twisted. Damaged hoses are
dangerous, so be extremely careful when in-
stalling hoses for high pressure circuits. Make
sure fittings are correctly installed.
When assembling or installing parts, always

tighten them to the specified torques. When
installing protective parts such as guards, or
0 4 -19violently or rotate at high 0 4 -19 4-19
2-0
parts which vibrate
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02
speed, be 2 particularly careful to check that
22 2
12 installed correctly.
theygxare gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
2.4.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures
Lock out/tag out the machine in accordance

with local regulations.
2.4.3 Clean the Machine
Always use hot water and mild, non-flamma-

ble, grease-cutting 9soaps or cleaningagents
4-1 4- 19 4-19
0
to clean the machineparts.
2 - Never use flamma-
2-0 2-0
2
20 cleaning agents.
ble or caustic 2 02 202
x12 x12 x12
eng pressure-wash or flood the cab. zeng
zNever zen
g
Never use high-pressure steam cleaners to

clean the machine.
Always lubricate the machine thoroughly after

cleaning to force out any water or soap
residue.
2.4.4 Fluid Systems

9 19 19
Add Fluids to 0 4-1Machine 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
the
2-
2 2 must be added to the machine, 2 202
0 2 202
x12
When1fluids
n gx that the fluid systems are under high
n gx1 g
be
z e aware
z e zen
pressure and hot.
Refuel
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2-
Before addingfuel, shut down the machinebe-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
fore2 removing 2 2
g x 1 the fuel tank cap. Failureto do
g x 12 g x12
zen so may resultin serious burns or azesudden n zen
loss of fuel.
Fuel spills pose a hazard if not cleaned up

immediately.
Refuel only in a well-ventilated area. Never

smoke or allow open flames nearby while re-
fueling the machine.
Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel. Gasoline
4 19
is extremely -flammable and could cause an
4- 19 4- 19
- 0 2-0 2-0
22
explosion.
20 2 02 202
x 1 2 x 12 x12
eng g g
Always allow room for the fuel to expand
z when filling the fuel tank. zen zen
High-Pressure Fluid Lines
Never perform inspections or replace items

while the system is under pressure. Working
on a system still under pressure could lead to
serious injury.
Never use any body part to check or feel for

leaks. Always wear
- 1 9 safety glasses and leather -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
- 2- 2-0
gloves when checking for leaks and use a
22wood
piece20of or cardboard when checking 202 202
x12 from small holes.
gleaks gx1
2
g x12
zen zen zen
Check for cracks in the piping or hoses and
for swelling in the hoses.
NOTE：
If there is any leakage from a line or hose, the
surrounding area will be wet.
Replace a line or hose if a leak is found or fail-

ure occurs.
9 19 19
4-1 oils penetrate skin or get into
If high-pressure
0 4- 4-
-
022 medical attention immediately.
eyes, seek 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen Accumulator zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

This machine2-is equipped with an accumulator
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
charged2 2with high-pressure nitrogen gas. Do 2 2 2
n x1
gdisassemble n gx1 g x12
e
not
z the accumulator.
z e zen
Never expose the accumulator to high heat or
open flames.
Never weld on the accumulator.
Never drill or cut on the accumulator.
Never strike the accumulator.
If the accumulator should need maintenance,

9
contact your Sany-1dealer. 19 19
4 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
2.4.5 1Electrical System
x12
2
x12
2
gx g g
zen zen zen
Always clean the electrical system using only
Sany-approved electrical cleaners.
Never use caustic soaps, high-pressure water

or steam cleaners to clean the electrical sys-
tem, as these could damage the system or
cause intermittent system failures.
Battery Safety
When working with 9

-1batteries, always work in a -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
well-ventilated
0 2 2- area. Batteries pose a hazard, 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 when they have been in use for agx12
especially
g x12
en period of time. Listed here are somezeba-
zlong n zen
sic precautions to be aware of when working
around batteries:
• Always wear personal protective
equipment.
• Battery gases are extremely explosive.
Smoking, sparks or open flames could
cause an explosion. When opening a bat-
tery compartment always allow ample time
19
for the gases to escape.
4 - 4 -19 4-19
• If the battery 0
2- is corroded, flush the area with 2- 0 2-0
2 0 2 2 0 2 202
g x 12 soda and warm water mix.
a baking
g x 12 g x12
z•enIf battery acid gets on skin or in eyes, zflush
en zen
the area immediately with fresh water and
seek medical attention.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- condition only with proper test 022-
Check battery
02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
equipment.
g x 12 g x12
zen Disconnect the Battery zen zen
When disconnecting the battery, always dis-
connect the negative (-) cable first, then dis-
connect the positive (+) cable.
2.4.6 Environmental Precautions
Recycling used oil, coolants or filters con-

serves a natural resource and is good for the
19 poured onto the ground,
environment.4-Fluids 4 -19 4- 19
0
- water, into storm drains, or tossed 22-
2of 0 2-0
0
in bodies
2 2 20 202
1 2 1 2 x12
gx
into trash cans (even in a sealed
ngx
container)
g
zen can contaminate and pollute the soil,zeground- zen
water, streams, and rivers. Recycling used flu-
ids reduces this pollution threat.
Always drain fluids from the machine into an

appropriate container. Drain, crush and dis-
pose of all filters properly.
Obey all appropriate laws and regulations

when disposing of harmful objects such as oil,
19 or used parts.
fuel, filters, batteries,
4- 4-19 4- 19
22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2.5 20 2 2
gx 12 Machine Decals x12 x12
zen All z e ng zen
g
safety and warning decals must bein
place, undamaged, and visible. Become thor-
oughly familiar with the location and content
of all decals on the machine. Walk around the
machine and review each of them. Decals
provide important instructions and warnings
and must be read prior to any operational or
maintenance function. Your Sany dealer can
supply replacement decals if needed.
-19 4-19 4- 19
• -04
When replacing
22
decals, be sure they are
2-0 2-0
20 in the proper locations.
placed 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader System Functions
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
System Functions
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
3 System
2 2-0 2 2-0 2
20 Body Components.......................................................................................................3-5
3.12Main 2 20 2 20
1 1 1
gx 3.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................3-5
gx gx
zen zen zen
3.1.2 Frame............................................................................................................................3-6
3.1.3 Swing Support .............................................................................................................3-7
3.1.4 Tandem Drive Case ....................................................................................................3-8
3.1.5 Transmission Assembly .............................................................................................3-8
3.1.6 Front Axle .....................................................................................................................3-9
3.1.7 Work Implement ..........................................................................................................3-9
3.1.8 Moldboard ....................................................................................................................3-9
3.1.9 Engine........................................................................................................................ 3-10
3.2 Optional Work
0 4 -19 Equipment..................................................................................................3-11
0 4 -19 0 4 -19
3.2.12-Introduction ................................................................................................................3-11
2- 2-
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
g x 123.2.2 Front Push-Plate .......................................................................................................3-11
g x 12 g x 12
zen zen zen
3.2.3 Front Harrow ............................................................................................................. 3-12
3.2.4 Front Counterweight ................................................................................................ 3-13
3.2.5 Rear Scarifier............................................................................................................ 3-14
3.3 Cab Interior ......................................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.2 Control Levers .......................................................................................................... 3-16
3.3.3 Front Control Console ............................................................................................. 3-22
3.3.4 Steering Wheel ......................................................................................................... 3-25
3.3.5 Brake Pedal............................................................................................................... 3-26
0 4 -19 Pedal ...........................................................................................................

3.3.6 Throttle
0 4 -19 3-27
0 4 -19
2
3.3.7
0 2-Right Control Console .............................................................................................
0 2 2- 0 2 2-3-27
2 2 2 3-31
g x 123.3.8 Inching Pedal ............................................................................................................
g x 12 g x 12
zen zen zen
3.3.9 Fuses ......................................................................................................................... 3-32
3.3.10 Wall-Mounted Control Panel ................................................................................ 3-34
3.4 Other Operator Controls and Switches........................................................................... 3-42
System Functions SMG200 Motor Grader
-1 9 9 9
3.4.1 Door04Release
- 4-1
Lever.................................................................................................
- 0 3-4204-1
22
3.4.220Battery 0 2 2
Disconnect Switch ...................................................................................... 0 2
3-422-
2 2
g x 12 Back-up Alarm ..........................................................................................................
3.4.3 g x 12 g x 12 3-44
zen 3.4.4 Cab Interior Lights....................................................................................................
zen zen 3-44
3.4.5 Radio/MP3 Player .................................................................................................... 3-45
3.5 Monitor................................................................................................................................. 3-50
3.5.1 Initialization Screens................................................................................................ 3-50
3.5.2 Main Menu Screen................................................................................................... 3-51
3.5.3 Operating System Screens..................................................................................... 3-57
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

-1 9 19 19
-04 Functions
3.System 4- 4-
02 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
x1 Main Body Components ng x12
2
x12
2
n g3.1 g
z e ze zen
3.1.1 Introduction
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen 11 zen zen
12
16
13
14
15
22 21 20 19 18 17
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-1
1. Frame 7. Air conditioner/ 13. Transmission 19. Control levers (in-

heater assembly case side cab)
2. Draw bar 8. Nameplate (model) 14. Tandem drive 20. Moldboard
case
9
3. Swing support
1 9. Engine 15. Tire9& rim
1 21. Circle drive
19
4- 4- 4-
02 2-0 compartment
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g
4.
x 12Steering hydraulic 12
10. Cooling package
gx
16. Rear protective
g x 12
22. Front axle
zen system zen cover en
assembly
z

19 19 19
- 04- (in-
5. Control console
2
11. Lamp - 04-
17. Fan/brake
2
hy-
2-0
4-
202
side cab) 2
20 system
draulic 202
x12
6. gOperator cab g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
12. Hydraulic power 18. Right control con-
control system sole (inside cab)
3.1.2 Frame
The frame is the main support member and is

also the mounting base for all parts. The
frame includes the front frame (a) and rear
frame (b), connected by an upper pin (c) and
a lower pin (d). 9 1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen a zen zen
9 19 19
d
4-1 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-2
a. Front frame c. Upper pin

b. Rear frame d. Lower pin
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
3.1.3 Swing
0 2 2- Support 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12 assemblyis mounted onto the middleg x 1of gx12
zen the front frame and consists of the zfork
en zen
This
as-
b c
sembly (a), connection components (b), left
f
swing arm (c), right swing arm (d) and sleeves
(e) and (f).
d
e
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 2-0
02 Fig.3-3 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 x12
zen zen a. Assembly eng swing arm
d. Right
z
b. Components e. Sleeves
c. Left swing arm f. And
The main functions of the swing support are
as follows: h
• Support the work implement. The left lift cyl- g
inder (g), the right lift cylinder and the mold-

board swing cylinder (h) are mounted to the
swing support.
- 19 4- 19 4- 19
• -04 moldboard to rotate a maximum
Allows the
2 2-0 2-0
202
of 90°. 2 02 2 02
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-4
g. Cylinder h. Swing cylinder
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3.1.4 Tandem
0 2 2- Drive Case 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
en en zen
This component is mounted to the lower por- a
ztion of the rear frame. The functions of theztan-
dem drive case are as follows:
• Reduction and torque transfer in order to
drive the rear wheels (a)
• Support the rear part of the machine
• Balance the drive force
• Increase the force of the moldboard a
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0
Fig.3-5 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
a. Rear wheels
3.1.5 Transmission Assembly
This component is mounted to the lower por- a

tion of the rear frame and includes the power-
shift transmission (a), transmission mounts
(b) and isolators (c). The functions of the
transmission are as follows: c
• Transfers engine output to the tandem drive
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
case.
• 202a means for the operator to shift
Provides 2 02 2 02
x12
g for power and speed adjustments.eng x12 g x12
z•enTransfers enginepower to the two pumps zen
gears b
z to
provide power to the hydraulic system.
Fig.3-6
a. Transmission c. Isolators
b. Mounts
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
3.1.6 Front
0 2 2- Axle 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 major components x12 x12
n eng zen
g
The of this assembly are
ze z
the axle frame (a), steering tie rod (b), left
steering knuckle (c), right steering knuckle (f),
left wheel tilt angle knuckle (e) and right wheel
tilt angle knuckle (d).
c
f
a
e d
b
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 2-0
02 Fig.3-7 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 x12
zen zen
a. Axle frame eng
c. Knuckle
z
b. Rod d. Angle knuckle
3.1.7 Work Implement
The work implement is a combination of the

draw bar (a), circle (b) and the moldboard car-
riers - left (c), middle (d) and right (e).
a
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 b 2-0
202 202 2 02
gx12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
c
d e
Fig.3-8
a. Draw bar d. Middle

b. Circle e. Right
c. Carriers - left
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2-
3.1.8 Moldboard
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
The12 moldboard is the primary work tool ofgxthis
12 gx12
zen machine and is attached to and controlled
zen by zen
the work implement assembly.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
The main components of the moldboard in-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 (a) body, (b) replaceable cuttinggx12
clude the:
g x12
en and (c) replaceable side- cutters. zen
zedge zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 c 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-9
a. Body c. Side- cutters

b. Replaceable
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
0 22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
3.1.9 Engine
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 ng g
zThe engine is mounted on the rear frame.zeRe-
e zen
fer to your Cummins engine manual for com-
plete details about the engine.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
02 02 2-0
2 2Fig.3-10 2
g x12 g x1 2
g x12
zen zen zen

1 9 19 19
04- Work Equipment
3.2 Optional
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
gx 12 Introduction
3.2.1
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
2
1
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
3
2 02 202 2 02
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-11
1. Front push-plate 3. Front counterweight

2. Front harrow 4. Rear scarifier
-19
3.2.2 Front4Push-Plate 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 22 2
g x 12 optional item is attached to the front
This
g x 1of g x12
zen the machine and is mainly used tozepush n a zen
small quantity of material and assist the mold-
board operation.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen Fig.3-12 zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3.2.3 Front 2Harrow
0 2 -
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zofenthe machine and is mainly used to break zenup zen
This optional item is also attached to the front
and smooth out the surface of soil.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0
Fig.3-13 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
3.2.4 Front
0 2 2- Counterweight 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12 item is secured with bolts to the head
g x 1of g x12
zen the front frame.The counterweight is zused
en zen
This
for
balancing the load ratio for the front axle and
rear axle.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-14
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
3.2.5 Rear Scarifier
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 is located at the rear of the machinegx12 g x12
en zen zen
This item
zand is mainly used to rip solid, heavily com-
pacted soil.
Fig.3-15
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

9 19 19
4-1
3.3 Cab 0Interior 4- 4-
2 - 2-0 2-0
202 2 02 202
12 Introduction
3.3.1
gx g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
1 2 3 4
5
8
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 902 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen 6
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-16
1. Control levers 6. Right control console

2. Front control console 7. Seat
0 4 -19 19
4-
8. 0Inching 4- 19
2-0
3. Steering wheel pedal
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02
2
4. 2Service 2 9. Fuse box 2
x12 x12
brake pedal
g x 1 g g
zen 5. Throttle pedal zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

3.3.2 Control
0 2 2- Levers 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
2 4 7 8
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen 1 3 5
zen 6 9
zen 10
Fig.3-17
1. Left lift control lever 6. Drawbar center shift control lever

19 lever
2. Rear scarifier -control -19 control lever
7. Articulation
4-19
2 2 -04 lever 2 2
4
-0wheel 2-0
3. Side shift
20
control 8. Front
2 0 lean control lever
2 02
1 2 2
19. Front implement (push-plate or harrow) 12
gx control lever
4. Pitch
n g x g x
z e zen control lever zen
5. Circle control lever 10. Right lift control lever
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
0 2 -
Left Lift 2Control Lever
022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 RAISE
Left g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Pull the lever backward to raise the left end of 3
2
the moldboard. 1
The lever returns to the HOLD position when

released.
Left LOWER
Push the lever forward to lower the left end of 1

the moldboard. 2
19 19 19
3
2 - 04- 2-04- 2-0

4-
202 0 2
2 Fig.3-18 2 02
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Rear Scarifier Control Lever zen zen
Scarifier RAISE 3
2
Pull the lever backward to raise the scarifier. 1
HOLD

released, but the scarifier will remain in the
selected position.
19 19 19
04- 4- 4-
1
2-0 2-0
Scarifier LOWER 2
2 -
202 202 202
3
gx 12 the lever forward to lower the scarifier.12

Push
gx gx 12
zen zen Fig.3-19
zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
0 2 2-
Moldboard Side-Shift Control Lever
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 RIGHT
Side-Shift g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Pull the lever backward to side shift the mold-
board to the right. 2
HOLD

released.
Side-Shift LEFT
Push the lever forward 9 to side shift the mold- 19 19
1
2
1
3
- 4- 4-
-04
board to the left.
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
22 2 2
Fig.3-20
n gx1 g x12 g x12
e
zPitch Control Lever zen zen
3
Pitch BACKWARD 2
1
Pull the lever backward to tilt the moldboard
back.
HOLD

released.
19 19 19
04-
Pitch FORWARD
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 02 02
3
2 lever forward to tilt the moldboardx12 2 x12

2
1
Push 1the
g x g g
en
zforward. zen zen
Fig.3-21
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Circle Turn
0 2 2- Control Lever 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 Turn CLOCKWISE
Circle g x12 g x12
zen zen zen 3
Pull the lever backward to rotate the mold-
2
board clockwise. 1
HOLD

released.
Circle Turn COUNTERCLOCKWISE
Push the lever

- 1 9 forward to rotate the
19 19
4
moldboard-0counterclockwise. 4- 4-
02 2 2-0
02 Fig.3-22 02 2-0
22 x12
2
x12
2
gx1 g g
z Drawbar Center Shift Control Leverzen
e n zen
Drawbar Center Shift RIGHT
Pull the lever backward to move the drawbar

3
to the right. 2 1
1
HOLD

released, but the drawbar will remain at the
-19
selected position.
4 4- 19 3
4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2
1
202 Center Shift LEFT

Drawbar 2 02 202
g x12 x12 x12
eng
zen Push the lever forward to move the zdrawbar zen
g
to the left. Fig.3-23
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
0 2 -
Articulation2Control Lever
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 RIGHT
Articulation g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
3
2
Pull the lever backward to move the rear of 1
the machine to the right.
1
HOLD
1
The lever returns to the HOLD position when 3
released, but the machine articulation will re-

1
main at the selected position.
Articulation LEFT 1
9 9 19
4-1
Push the lever-0forward to move the rear of the 4-1 4-
2 2-0 2-0
machine 2to02the left. 202
Fig.3-24 202
x12 x12 x12
eng
zFront ze
Implement (Push-Plate or Harrow)
ng zen
g
Control Lever
3
Push-Plate or Harrow RAISE 2
1
Pull the lever backward to raise the
1
implement.
HOLD
4 19
released, but the -implement will remain at the 1
4- 19 4-19
2- 0
selected position. 2-0
2
2-0
202 02 02
3
2 2 2
gx1
Push-Plate
n
or Harrow LOWER g x12 g x12
z e zen Fig.3-25
zen
Push the lever forward to lower the
implement.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Front Wheel
0 2 2- Lean Control Lever 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 Wheel Lean RIGH
Front g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Pull the lever backward to lean the wheels to
the right. 3
2
1
HOLD

2
released, but the wheel lean will remain at the 3
selected position.
1
Front Wheel Lean LEFT 2
19 19 19
04- forward to lean the wheels to 2-04-
Push the -lever
2 2-0
4-
202
the left. 202 Fig.3-26 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Right Lift Control Lever zen zen
Right Moldboard RAISE
Pull the lever backward to raise the right end

3
of the moldboard. 1 2
1
HOLD
3
2
released, but the moldboard will remain at the
-19
selected position.
4 4- 19 4- 19
2 2-0
Right20Moldboard 022-0 02 2-0
LOWER 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Push the lever forward to lower the right
zen end Fig.3-27
zen
of the moldboard.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

0 2 -
3.3.3 Front 2Control Console
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 gx12 a gx12
zen zen zen
Monitor
The monitor (a) is mounted in the front con-

F1
sole in the operator cab and displays various F2
machine operational parameters and the op- F3
F4
erating system menu screens. F5
F6
Front Switch Group
The front switch group (b) is located to the

right of the monitor on the front console and
includes the turn 9signal switch, headlight
0 4 -1work lamp switch, operator 0 4 -19 b
4-19
22-
switch, front frame
2 2- 02 2-0
cab lower20work lamp switch and the differen- 0
Fig.3-28
2 2
tialng x12switch.
lock n g x 12 g
b. Switchengroup x12
ze ze
a. The monitor
z
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Turn Signal
0 2 2- Switch 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 3-position rocker switch (c) controlsgxthe
This 12 g x12
zen front and rear turn signals. zen zen
• Left position — Left turn signal flashes
• Middle position — Both turn signals off
• Right position — Right turn signal flashes
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
SANY
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-29
c. Rocker switch
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2- Switch
Differential Lock
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
Thegx 12
differential g
lock switch (d) is used to lock x 12 g x12
en rear axle differential for increased traction.
zthe zen zen
When the differential lock is engaged an icon d
on the monitor will illuminate.

• Left position — Differential OPEN
• Right position — Differential LOCKED
NOTICE
The differential lock should be OPEN (off)
when traveling on hard surfaces. Travel-
ing with the
0 4 -19 differential engaged 0 4 -19 4-19
(LOCKED)22on
0
- hard surfaces or making
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
sharp
g x 12turns may damage the machine. gx12 g x12
en
z en Fig.3-30
z zen
NOTE： d. Lock switch
The differential icon will show in yellowon the
monitor when LOCKED, gray when it is
OPEN.
Driving Lights
This 3-position rocker switch (e) controls the

front headlights and the rear taillights on the
9
-1various 19 19
04- 4-
machine as well as interior cab LEDs.
• Left position2 - 0—4 Low beam headlights on, in- 2 - 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
n gx1
terior switch LEDs on, tail lights on
n gx1 g x12
e
z• Middle position — All lights off. z e zen
• Right position — High beam headlights on,
interior switch LEDs on, tail lights on
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
e
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
SANY
g g g
zen zen zen
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
Fig.3-31 2- 2-0 2-0
2 202 202 202
x1 x12 x12
zeng3.3.4 Steering Wheel zen
g
zen
g
The steering wheel (a) controls the travel di-

rection of the machine.
• Turn the steering wheel counterclockwise turn left turn right
and the machine will turn to the left.

• Turn the steering wheel clockwise and the
machine will turn to the right.
Turning the steering wheel quickly results in

19
an immediate-response
4
by the front wheels.
4-19 a b 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 button (b) is located at the center of
The horn
2 2 202 202
n x1 steering wheel. Press and release
gthe n
1
gxthe g x12
e
z horn button to sound the horn. z e Fig.3-32 zen
a. Steering wheel b. Button

4-19 4-19 4-19

NOTE：
22-0
0 local traffic laws and regulations 20 22-0 02 2-0
2 2all 2
x12 x12
Observe
g 1
x driving this machine on public g g
n
while
e
zroadways. ze n zen
3.3.5 Brake Pedal
The foot brake pedal is to the right of the

steering wheel and is used to slow or com-
pletely stop the machine depending on the
work requirements.
The brake is released

- 1 9 when the brake pedal is 19 19
-04 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
released.
2 022 202 202
2 2 x12
gx1 whereby the brake system functions gx1
This machine features an emergency braking
n n g
z e
function, z e zen
even with the engine shut down.
In this case, when the operator presses the

brake pedal, the accumulator provides pres-
surized oil to the four brakes via the brake
valve and the machine slows or stops com-
pletely as-needed.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-33
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2-
3.3.6 Throttle Pedal
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 throttle pedal is to the right of the service
g x 12 gx12
zen brake pedal and is used to adjustzeengine n zen
The
speed instead of using the throttle control

switches on the right control console.
Press the throttle pedal down to increase en-

gine speed and release the throttle pedal to
decrease engine speed.
NOTE：
Pressing the throttle pedal disables any input
9 19 19
4-1 control switches.
from the throttle 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-34
3.3.7 Right Control Console
The right control console includes the follow-

ing items:
• Transmission control lever (a)
a
• Keyswitch (b)
1 9 19 19
• 04- switches (c)
Throttle control
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
b c
Fig.3-35
a. Transmission con- c. Throttle control

trol lever switches
b. Keyswitch
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Transmission
0 2 2- Control Lever 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
12
Thegxtransmission g
control lever has four posi-x 12 g x12
en neutral, forward, park and reverse. zen zen
F
ztions:
N
R
• NEUTRAL — With transmission lever at the
middle position and the engine running, the
machine remains stationary, not moving in
either forward or reverse direction.
• • FORWARD — With the engine running
and the transmission control lever at the
NEUTRAL position, push the transmission
control lever forward to move the machine
19 Fig.3-36 19 19
04-the lever to the right to up-
forward. Move
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02the left to downshift the transmis-
shift or2to 2 02 202
x12
g to the desired forward gear shown ong
sion x12 g x12
zenthe monitor. See “Initialization Screens”zenon zen
page 3-50.
NOTE：
With the transmission controllever at the NEU-
TRAL position, move the lever to the right to
place it in PARK; the shift lever will be locked
at the PARK position. Raise the lever lock
switch to unlock and shift to NEUTRAL. The
transmission control
0 4 -19 lever can only be locked 4- 19 4-19
2-
in the PARK position.
02 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
engPARK position of the transmission control
g g
NOTE：
zThe zen zen
lever also activates a built-in parking brake
function. There is no separate control for the
parking brake, only the PARK position of the
transmission control lever.
• • REVERSE — With the engine running and

the transmission control lever at the NEU-
TRAL position, pull the transmission control
to9 move the machine in re-
lever backward 1
0 4 - 0 4 -19 4-19
verse. Move
0 2 2- the lever to the right to upshift 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
or to
g x 12the left to downshift the transmissiongx12 g x12
zento the desired gear (as shown on the moni- zen zen
tor. See “Initialization Screens” on page 3-
50.

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
Changing
0 2 2- Direction 022-0 02 2-0
x 22
1Completely 12
the throttle pedal;gxthe
2
x12
2
en g1. release
n g
z engine should be running at low idle. ze zen
2. Press the inching pedal.
3. Raise all the attachments.
4. Press the service brake pedal.
5. Set the transmission control lever to the

NEUTRAL position.
9
6. Move the transmission
- 1
control lever to se-
19 19
04 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
lect either-forward or reverse machine travel.
2 022 2 02 202
2 x12 x12
gx1
7. Release the service brake pedal.
g g
zen 8. Release the inching pedal. zen zen
9. Press down on the throttle pedal until the
desired speed is attained.
10.Move the transmission lever to the right to

upshift one speed at a time. Increase engine
speed, as required.
11.Move the transmission lever to the left to

9 at atime.
downshift one speed
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2
12.To 0change the machine’s direction of trav- 02 02
2 2 2
g x
el,1 slow the machine with the service g(foot)
x 12 g x12
zen brake, then use the inching pedal to zstop
en the zen
machine. Use transmission control lever to se-
lect the desired travel direction. After the de-
sired direction has been selected, release
both the service (foot) brake and the inching
pedal.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

Keyswitch 2
0 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng eng zen
g
The keyswitch is used to control the engine
zelectrical z
system as well as start the engine.
The keyswitch has four positions “O” (off), “I”
(on), “II” (run) and “III” (start).
1. Turn the key to the “I” position on the key-

switch to activate the machine electrical
system.
2. Turn the key to the “III” position on the key-

switch to start the engine.
4 -19 returns to the “II” posi- Fig.3-37-19
4-19
- 0
The key automatically
2 2 2 2 -04 2-0
tion on the20 when the keyswitch is released 2 20 2 02
1 2 1 x12
ngxthe engine is started.
after
ze ngx
ze zen
g
NOTE：
The engine will not start unless the transmis-
sion is in the Park position.
Throttle Control Switches
These rocker switches are used to adjust en-

gine speed in place of the throttle pedal.
9
ON / RESUME Switch
-1 b 19 19
-04 switch (a) to run the engine 4- 4-
• Press RESUME
22 02 2-0 022-0
20
2 speed. 2 2
x12 x12
at idle
1
gx ON to enable the Speed switch (b).eng g
•enPress
z z zen
Speed switch
• Press one side of the switch to increase en-
gine speed (rpm), then release the switch
when the desired engine speed is reached.
• Press the other side of the switch to de- a
crease engine speed (rpm) down to the idle
Fig.3-38
speed if desired, then release the switch
when the desired engine speed is reached. a. Switch b. Speed switch
9 9 19
4-1 4-1 4-
NOTE：
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the throttle pedal disables any inputgx12
Pressing
g x12
en the throttle control switches. To resume
zfrom zen zen
switch control the switch must be recycled.

4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
Seat 2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
n x1 operator seat can be adjusted as follows:
gThe n gx1
C
g x12
e
z • A) Forward and backward adjustment z e — zen
Pull the forward/backward lever (a) upward,
slide the seat to the desired position, and
release the forward/ backward lever in order
to lock the seat in position.
• (B) Height adjustment — Seat height is ad-
justed by pulling out the lever and rotating
the handle clockwise to increase, counter-
clockwise to decrease seat height.
B
-19 -19 19
e
• -04 adjustment — Pull up on the 4 4-
2-0 2-0
C) Backrest
2
202 adjustment lever (d) in order to ad- 202
backrest 202
x12 x12 x12
d
eng g eng
just the angle of the seat backrest. nAdjust
z ze
the seat backrest to the desired position.
a z
Release the backrest adjustment lever in b c
order to lock the seat backrest in position.
Fig.3-39
a. Forward/backward d. Backrest adjust-

lever ment lever
3.3.8 Inching Pedal

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2
The inching
0 2- pedal is the far-left pedal on the 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 of the operator cab and is used togvary
floor
x 12 g x12
zen the amount of power to the rear wheels zen de- zen
pending on the work requirements.
As the operator depresses the inching pedal,

a built-in sensor causes hydraulic pressure to
the direction clutches to lessen.
When the pedal is pressed completely, power

to the rear wheels will be disengaged.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-40

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3.3.9 Fuses2-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
en zen zen
The fusebox (a) is located on the front face of
zthe right control console, below the transmis-
sion control lever inside the operator cab. Re-
move the clear plastic fusebox cover to
access the fuses.
Table 3–1
Fuse Locations, Circuits & Amperages

Location Circuit Amperage
F1 Reserved NA
F2 4 19
-Reserved NA 4- 19 4-19
022-0 Machine 0a22-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 controller
g x12 g x12
zen F3 and 10A zen zen
differential
lock
Backup
F4 lights and 10A
alarm
Lock pin
F5 5A
solenoid
24V/12V
Fig.3-41
F6 9
Converter
-1systems
10A
-19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
02 2 - -
a. 2Fusebox
0 2 02 2-0
x1F722 Headlights
x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
and turn 10A
signals
F8 Brake light 10A
Warning
F9 beacon and 10A
wipers
Radio, horn
F10 and interior 10A
lights
F11
4- 19
Reserved NA
4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 02 02
F12 Seat 10A
2 2 2
ngx
1
F13 Reserved NA
g x12 g x12
ze F14 Reserved NA zen zen
F15 Reserved NA

0 4 -19 3–1 4-19 4- 19

2-0 2-0
Table (continue)
0 22- 02 02
x1 2 2 Locations, Circuits & Amperages
Fuse
x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen Location Circuit zen
Amperage zen
F16 Reserved NA
Rear work
lights and
F17 15A
hazard
flasher
Front work
F18 15A
lights
Work lights
F19 15A
4 -19 under cab
4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 NOTICE
gx12 g x12
zen Before replacing a fuse, make surezen that zen
the ignition switch is in the OFF position
and the batteries disconnected. A fuse
should be replaced if it is corroded,
produces white powder or becomes loose
in the fuse panel.
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same amperage. Doing otherwise can
result in damage to the machine or cause
the machine to operate improperly.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
3.3.10 Wall-Mounted Control Panel
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
1
HEAT VENT
OFF COOL
-19 19 19
2
0 4 4- 4-
02 2- 12 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
3
g g g
zen 11 zen 4
zen
10
1 5
9
6
8
7
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-42
1. Climate control 4. Rear window wiper 7. Upper front cab 10. Rear work lights
panel switch work lights switch switch
2. Centershift (circle
5. Rear cab work 8. Mid-front frame 11. Windshield wash-
90°) cylinder lock
lights switch work lights switch er (all)
switch
3. Lower front wind- 6. Lower front cab 9. Hazards lights 12. Upper front wind-
19
shield wipers switch
4-
work lights switch switch 19 4-
shield wiper switch
4-19
22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
20
Climate2 Control 2 2
x12 x12
Panels
g x1 g g
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
a
HEAT VENT
OFF
COOL
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 20b2 2 02 c02
2
g x1 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-43
a. Controls c. Controls
b. Switch
Fan Speed
NOTE：
This three-position
- 1 9 knob (a) controls the 3- -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2- 2- 2-0
speed blower fan that brings air into the oper-
2 0
ator cab.2 2 0 2 202
g• x12 x12 x12
zen •
LOW position — Lowest fan speed
z eng zen
g
MEDIUM position — Midrange fan speed
• HIGH position — Fastest fan speed
Air Conditioner Control
NOTE：
This three-position knob (b) switch activates
and deactivates the air conditioner.
• OFF counterclockwise — Off
• HEAT position9 — Heater activated
19 19
-1 4- 4-
• -04 position — Air conditioner
VENT/COOL
22 2-0 2-0
0 02 02
22
activated
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 g g
e
z Air Temperature Control zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

NOTE：
2 2-0 2 2-0 02 2-0
2 20 knob (c) controls the temperature 2 20 2
x12
This rotary
1
gx A/C or fresh air entering the cab. 1
of nthe
ze ngx
ze zen
g
• Rotate the knob clockwise to increase air
temperature.
• Rotate the knob counterclockwise to de-
crease air temperature.
Centershift (Circle 90°) Cylinder Lock

Switch 2
The switch is shown at (2).

• Bottom position 9
19 19
— Closes the centershift
4-1 4- 4-
lock
2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
• 20 — Opens the centershift lock
Top position 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen Fig.3-44
zen
Lower Front Windshield Wipers Switch
The switch is shown at (3). 3

• Bottom position — Wipers off
• Top position — Wipers on
4-19 -19 4-19

2-0 -04
Fig.3-45
2 2-0
02 02 02
1
RearxWindow 22
Wiper Switch x1 22 x12
2
g g g
zen
zen 4 zen
• Bottom position — Wiper off
• Top position — Wiper on
NOTICE
Always use the window washer switch before
activating the window wipers. Failure to do Fig.3-46
so may cause damage to the wiper blades as
they are dragged across dry window
surfaces, resulting
0 4 -19 in smearing on the 0 4 -19 4-19
2
window surfaces
0 2- and poor or obstructed
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
vision.
g x 12 Damaged wiper blades must begx12 g x12
en
replaced.
z enz zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Rear Work
0 2 2- Lights Switch 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
The12 switch is shown at (5). g x12 5 g x12
n
ze • en zen
Bottom position — Work lamps off z
• Top position — Work lamps on
Fig.3-47
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
SANY
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0
02 Fig.3-48 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Lower Front Cab Work Lights Switch
zen zen
The switch is shown at (6). 6
• Bottom position — Work lamps off
• Top position — Work lamps on
NOTE：
There is one light at the bottom front corner
on each side of the cab.
Fig.3-49
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 Fig.3-50
4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 Cab Lights Switch
Upper Front 202 202
x12 x12 x12
engswitch is shown at (7).
zThe zen
g
zen
g
• Bottom position — Work lamps off
• Top position — Work lamps on 7
Fig.3-51
4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 202
gx12 g
2
x1 Fig.3-52 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Mid-Frame
0 2 2- Front Work Lights Switch 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
The12 switch is shown at (8). g x 12 g x12
zen • Bottom position — Work lamps off zen zen
• Top position — Work lamps on 8
NOTE：
There is one light on each side of the frame.
Fig.3-53
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-54
Front and Rear Hazard Flasher Lights

Switch 194- 4-19 4- 19
2-0
02 is shown at (9).
The switch 02 2-0 02 2-0
•x 2 2 position — Hazard lights off x12 2
1Bottom x12
2
g g g
zen • Top position — Hazard lights on zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
9
SANY
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-55
Upper Rear Cab Lights Switch

• —9 Work lamps off
Bottom position 1 19 19
• Top position2 - 0—4-Work lamps on 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 202 02
10
2 2
n gx1 g x12 g x12
z e zen zen
Fig.3-56
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
SANY
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0
02 Fig.3-57 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Window Washer Switch zen zen
NOTE： 11
This switch is used to spray washer fluid onto
all of the operator cab windows.
• Press the switch — Washer fluid spray

starts Fig.3-58
• Release the19switch — Washer fluid spray 19 19
stops 2-0
4- 04- 4-
2 - 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
n x1 Front Windshield Wiper Switchngx1
gUpper g x12
z e ze zen
• Bottom position — Wiper off
• Top position — Wiper on 12
NOTICE
Always use the window washer switch before
activating the window wipers. Failure to do Fig.3-59
so may cause damage to the wiper blades as
they are dragged across dry window
4 -19
surfaces, resulting
0 in smearing on the
0 4 -19 4- 19
window0 2 2-surfaces and poor or obstructed 022- 02 2-0
2 Damaged wiper blades must be2 2 2
g x 12
vision.
gx1 g x12
z e n replaced. z e n zen

1 9 9 19
04-
3.4 Other Operator Controls and Switches04-1 4-
2 - 2 - 2-0
202
2 Release Lever 202 202
3.4.1 1Door
gx g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Pull this lever (a) to unlock and release the op-
erator cab door. There is one lever at each of
the two doors. a
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 202
g x12 g
2
x1 Fig.3-60 gx12
zen zen zen
a. Lever
3.4.2 Battery Disconnect Switch
This two-position rotary switch (a) is located

inside the engine compartment, mounted to a
bracket diagonally down from the batteries.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen a zen
Fig.3-61
a. Rotary switch
4 -19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
The battery
0 2 2- disconnect switch has two
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
positions:
g x12 g x12
ze n zen zen
ON (a) b
The electrical system is activated and the en-

gine can be started only with the battery dis-
O
connect switch turned clockwise to the ON N
position.
a
OFF (b)
The electrical system is deactivated with the

battery disconnect switch turned counter-
0 4 -19 position. The engine cannot 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
clockwise to this
0 2 2- with the battery disconnect switch 022- 02
2
be started 2 2
g x
set12to the OFF position. g x 12 g x12
zen z en Fig.3-62
zen
The battery disconnect switch operates differ-
ently than the engine keyswitch. The battery
disconnect switch must be at the OFF position
to disable the electrical system.
Even though the engine will be off with the en-

gine keyswitch set to the OFF position, the
machine electrical system remains active with
the battery disconnect switch turned to the
ON position. -19 19 19
4 4- 4-
2-0
02 battery disconnect switch to the OFF 202 2-0 02 2-0
Turn 2the 2
x1 2 12 x12
gposition after you shut down the engine togx
pre- g
n
ze vent the battery from being discharged n
ze and zen
when servicing the electrical system or other
components on the machine.
The following problems can cause battery

discharge:
• Short circuits
• Current draw via electrical components
• Vandalism
0 4 -19 NOTICE 4-19 4- 19

22- 22-0 02 2-0
2 20 move the battery disconnect switch to2 20 2
x12
Never
1 gx1
gxthe OFF position while the engine is running. g
e n
z Serious damage to the electricalz system e n zen
could result.

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
3.4.3 Back-up
0 2 2- Alarm 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 is located on x12 x12
en
This item
zmachine. ng
the right rear of the
ze zen
g
The alarm sounds when the transmission con-

trol lever is at the REVERSE position. The
alarm alerts the people behind the machine
that the machine is traveling in reverse.
Fig.3-63
- 19 4- 19 4-19
-04 Lights
3.4.4 Cab Interior
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x122 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
4-19 19 19
2-0 a22-
04- 2-0
4-
202 20 202
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-64

9
-1 cab interior lights, each -1 9 19
There are04two 0 4Switch 4-
- - 2-0
a.
mounted
2 022vertically as shown here, one on the 2022 202
x12side pillar and one on the right side pillar.
gleft gx1
2
g x12
zen zen zen
A switch (a) on each of the lights turns that
light on and off.
NOTE：
The interior lights will not work if the keyswitch
is at the “O” position.
3.4.5 Radio/MP3 Player
19
Radio Operation
4- 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
NOTE： 202 202
x12
gThere is no provision for AM radio operation.
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
FM/SD/USB MP3 PLAYER

3/RPT 5/+10
1/TOP
MODE SEL DISP
4- 19 2/INT
4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
SD/MMC 4/RDM 6/-10
2 02 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 13 12 11
zen 10
zen
Fig.3-65
5. Control ring (vol- 13. FM (radio) / AUX

1. Station tuning 9. LCD display
ume, clock settings) (MP3) toggle
6. ON/OFF/Mute
2. Preset station 10. Preset station 6
button
3. Select FM1, FM2,
7. Preset station 5 11. Preset station 4
FM3
4-19 -19 4- 19
2 2-0 8. Station frequency
2 2 -04 2-0
20 station 3
4. Preset 20 12. Preset station 2
(radio) / clock function 202
g x12 ngx
1 2
g x12
zen zen
toggle
ze
Station Tuning Control (1)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Press this key
0 2 2-to move either back to the pre- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 frequency or forward to the nextgx12
vious radio
g x12
en frequency, whether or not a radio station
zradio zen zen
is located at that frequency.
Preset Stations (items 2, 4, 7, 10, 11, 12)
Press and hold any of these six keys for at

least 3 seconds to assign the current radio
station to that key with the FM1, FM2 or FM3
functionactive. Afterwards, pressand release
any of the keys to go to its preselected station.
A total of 18 FM stations may be programmed
19 19 19
04- FM1, FM2 and FM3).
in this manner (using
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
x12
NOTE： x12 x12
engthe MODE key (14) to toggle betweenzeFM
zUse ng zen
g
operation and AUX (MP3) operation.
SET Key (3)
Press this key to choose either FM1, FM2 or

FM3 radio stations.
Once in the selected band, press and hold this

key and the next 6 radio stations will automati-
cally be found and selected for future access.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Control Ring2-(5)
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 ring counterclockwise to decreasegx12
Turnxthe
g g x12
en volume. Turn the ring clockwise tozenin-
zthe zen
crease the volume.
ON/OFF/Mute Button (6)
Press this button to activate the sound sys-

tem. Press it again to mute the speakers. Fi-
nally, press and hold this button for several
seconds to switch off the sound system.
DISP (Display) Key (8)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
With the radio
0 2 2- function enabled, use this key 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 between FM radio operation and thegx12
to toggle
g x12
en setting in the LCD display.
zclock zen zen
LCD Display (9)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 -
With the2sound system on and radio function
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 the currently playing radio station 2 2
g x 12
enabled,
g x 12 g x12
zen frequency will be displayed. zen zen
MODE Key (13)
Use this key to toggle between the radio and

AUX operation.
NOTE：
There is no provision for AM radio stations on
this device.
9 Operation
AUX (MP3) Player
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
NOTE： 2 02 202
g x
Use12 this mode to access audio stored ongUSB
x 12 g x12
zen devices such as a smart phone or an zSDen chip. zen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FM/SD/USB MP3 PLAYER

3/RPT 5/+10
1/TOP
MODE SEL DISP
4- 19 - 19 4- 19
2-0 2/INT -04
26/-10 2-0
202 02 02
SD/MMC 4/RDM
2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
14 13 12 11 10 9
Fig.3-66
5. ON/OFF/Mute 9. Return to 10th track 13. FM (radio) / AUX

1. Music search
button back (MP3 - USB) toggle
6. Advance to 10th 10. Random track
2. Stop-start 14. USB port
track forward order
7. Music data (AUX) /
-19 9 for 10 19
3. Repeat current 11. Search
4 time data (clock) - 1 4-
track - 02 2 -04
seconds
2-0
02 02 02
toggle
22 22 x12
2
n gx4.1 Control ring gx1 g
e
z (volume, time change zen
8. LCD display 12. SD chip slot zen
setting)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Music Search
0 2 2- Control (1) 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x 2 2 key to move either back to the pre-x12 2
1this x12
2
en track or forward to the next track. zeng
g g
Press
zvious zen
TOP (2)
Press this key to stop and start the current

track as desired.
RPT (3)
Press this key to repeat the current track.
Control Ring (4)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
Turn the ring
0 2 2- counterclockwise to decrease 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 Turn the ring clockwise to in- 2 2 2
12
the volume.
g x gx1 g x12
z e n
crease the volume. z e n zen
ON/OFF/Mute (5)
Press this button to activate the sound sys-

tem. Press it again to mute the speakers. Fi-
nally, press and hold this button for several
seconds to switch off the sound system.
+10 (6)
Press this key to advance

- 1 9 to the 10th track (or
19 19
-04are less than 10 tracks) after 4- 4-
last one if there
2 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
20one.
the current 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng (Display) (7)
zDISP zen
g
zen
g
Press this key to display current time or track

data (length).
LCD Display (8)
With the radio / sound system on, various set-

tings will be displayed, depending on which
function was selected.
-10 (9)
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2 to return to the 10th previous 2 202
Press this0key
2 202
trackx1(or first one if there are less than 10x1 x12
eng
ztracks). zen
g
zen
g
RDM (10)

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Press this
0 2 2- key to randomly play the various 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 Press this key again to cancel random
tracks.
g x 12 g x12
zen play operation. zen zen
INT (11)
Press this key to scan each track for 10 sec-

onds. Press this key once more to cancel the
scanning function.
SD Chip (12)
Use this feature to access MP3 files stored on

SD chips.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
MODE2(13)
0 2- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
Use12 this key to toggle between the radiogxand
12 g x12
zen AUX operation. zen zen
USB (14)
Use this feature to access MP3 files stored on

a smart phone or similar device.
Clock Function
1 2 3 4
9 9 19
4-1 4-1 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 FM/SD/USB MP3 PLAYERx12
g
zen 1/TOP
3/RPT
zen 5/+10
zen
MODE SEL DISP
2/INT
SD/MMC 4/RDM 6/-10
Fig.3-67
19
4- (time
1. Control0ring 4 -19 4- 19
2 - 2. ON/OFF/Mute 0
23.- Time data (clock) 2-0
202 setting) 02 02
4. LCD display
22 2
change button
g x12 g x1 g x12
zen Control Ring (1) zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Turn the ring2as
0 2 - needed to set the hours and
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
minutes.
g x 12 Turn the ring clockwise to increasegx12 g x12
en minute-setting.
zthe zen zen
ON/OFF/Mute Button (2)
Press this button to activate the radio / sound

system, so the clock function can be
accessed.
DISP (Display) Key (3)
Use this key to activate the time-setting func-

tion as shown on the LCD display.
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0
02 Display key (3) once and the
1. Press the 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 flashes on andoff.
hoursx1setting x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
2. Turn the Control Ring (5) clockwise or coun-
terclockwise as-needed to adjust the hour-
setting.
3. Press the Display key (3) once and the mi-

nutes setting flashes on and off.
4. Turn the Control Ring (5) clockwise or coun-

terclockwise as-needed to adjust the minutes-
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
setting.
202
5. Wait12at least 3 seconds to exit the time-set-
202 202
x x12 x12
engfunction.
zting zen
g
zen
g
LCD Display (4)
With the radio / sound system on, the time as

just set will be displayed.
3.5 Monitor
3.5.1 Initialization Screens
-19 4-19 4-19
A welcome screen
2 2 -04 displays when the monitor 2-0 2-0
20
is first powered-up. 202 202
x12 x12 x12
eng Main Menu screen then appears after
zThe zena
g
zen
g
few seconds.

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
3.5.2 Main
0 2 2- Menu Screen 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 g x12
ze n zen zen
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F1
15 F2
1 10 20
5 25
19 0 30
19 19
04- 4- 4-
F3
X100 rpm
2 - 2-0 2-0
202 2 02 2 02
gx12 g x12 ? g x12
F4
zen zen zen

F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
13 12 11 10 9
0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Fig.3-68 2- 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 02 2 02
x1.1 Engine tachometer x12 x12
eng g eng
8. Function keys and icons
z 2. Left turn indicator
zen z
9. Transmission oil temperature gauge
3. Transmission gear indicator 10. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Articulation indicator 11. Hour meter
5. Parking brake indicator 12. Engine oil pressure gauge
6. Speedometer 13. Fuel gauge
7. Right turn indicator
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
0 2 2-
Engine Tachometer
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 measure is
Unitgxof revolutions per g
minute x 12 g x12
en
z(rpm). zen zen
• White section (0 to 2,500 rpm) = engine 15
10 20
speed normal
• Red section (over 2,500 rpm) = rated en-
5 25
gine speed exceeded.
NOTICE 0 30
X100 rpm
Failure to immediately shut down the engine
if the rpm reaches the red area (over 2,500
9
-1engine 19 19
rpm) may result4in damage. 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
Left Turn Indicator
• Flashing green = signal is operating
• Grey = signal is off
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-70
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Transmission
0 2 2- Gear Indicator 022-0 02 2-0
• 1P2 =2 Park, brake applied 2 2
g x g x12 g x12
zen • F = Forward, 1-8 available zen zen
• R = Reverse, 1-6 available
NOTE：
All selections are illuminated in green.
• Grey = indicator is off
NOTE：
While “P” for parking gear is displayed here, a
number for the9 current gear also appears
0 4 -1 0 4 -19 4- 19
2- 2- 2-0
when the transmission is set for either forward
2 0 2
or reverse direction. 2 0 2 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Articulation Indicator zen Fig.3-71 zen
NOTE：
The articulation indicator shows green when
the rear frame is aligned with the front of the
machine, yellow if articulated.
• Yellow = articulated
• Grey = off
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-72
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Parking Brake
0 2 2- Indicator 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
• nRed
g x1=2 parking brake is engaged g x 12 g x12
zen
z•e The light does not illuminate when the Park- zen
P
ing brake is released.
4-19 Fig.3-73
4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
Speedometer 202 202
x12 x12 x12
engof measure is kilometers per hour. zeng
zUnit zen
g
• White section = normal
• Red = Machine rated travel speed 30
20 40
exceeded
10 50
0 60
km/h
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen Fig.3-74
zen
Right Turn Indicator
• Flashing green = signal is operating

• Grey = signal is off
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-75

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Function2-Keys & Icons
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 = Press this key when a malfunction
• 1F1
x x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen page or a maintenance prompt page zen pops zen F1
up to link to the corresponding help informa- 15 F2

10 20
tion. Press this key after pressing F6 to can- 5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
cel or confirm a displayed page displayed to

F4
temporarily silence the alarm buzzer. ?
• F2~F4 = Shortcut keys for accessing the E

%
F 0
Bar
10 40
c
120 40
c
120
F5
“System Menu” page. F6
• F5 = Short key for accessing the “Language

Select” page.
• -19 key for accessing the “Sys-
04 page when no page appears, Al- 2-04-
F6 = Shortcut 19
Fig.3-76
4- 19
2 2 - 2-0
202 02
tem Menu”
2 20used 2 2
n gx1
so for function cancellation
n gx1
or
g x12
z e confirmation. z e zen
Transmission Fault Indicator
• Flashing = fault
NOTICE
If the fault light starts to flash stop the
machine and contact your Sany dealer for
repair.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-77
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Transmission
0 2 2- Oil Temperature 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x
Unitgof
22
1measure x 12
2
x12
2
is degrees Celsius. g g
z•enNeedle in white area = normal transmission
zen zen
oil temperature range.
• Needle in yellow area = transmission oil 40
•
temperature is 100° - 105° C.
Needle in red area = transmission oil tem-
c
perature is 106° - 120° C; icon displays in
red and flashes off and on.
NOTE：
9 the transmission oil
The icon flashes-1when Fig.3-78 19 19
0 4 4- 4-
temperature22is- less than 20° C or above 100°
02 2-0 02 2-0
20 2 2
C. 12
gx gx12 gx12
zen zen zen
NOTICE
Stop the machine and shut down the engine
if the transmission oil temperature is outside
the normal operating temperature range.
Failure to do so may result in equipment
damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Unit of measure is degrees Celsius.

19 19 19
• 04- area = normal coolant tem-
Needle in white
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
2
20range.
perature 202 202
g x12
• nNeedle ng
in yellow area = coolant tempera- x12 40 1 2
ngx120
ze ture is 100° - 105° C.
ze c ze
• Needle in red area = coolant temperature is
106° - 120° C; icon displays in red and
flashes off and on
NOTICE Fig.3-79
Shut down the engine immediately if the
needle enters the red area of the gauge.
Inspect the machine and repair the problem
before operating-19the machine. Failure to -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
observe this
0 2 -
2notice may result in unexpected
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 shutdown of the machine engine 2 2 2
12
and sudden
g x x1 x12
en engine damage.
and
z eng
z zen
g

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Hour Meter
2 2- 2 2- 2-0
2 0 2 0 202
g x 12
Displays g
the total number of service hoursx 12
the g
2
x1 h
zen machine has accumulated down to a ztenths en of zen
an hour. Fig.3-80
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
Unit of measure is in bar.

• Needle in white area = normal engine oil
pressure range.
• Needle in red area = engine oil pressure is 0
1 bar or less; icon flashes off and on. Bar
19 19 19
2 -04- 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 NOTICE 202 202
x12
g Shut down the engine immediately ifg the x12 g x12
zen en
needle enters the red area of thez gauge. zen
Inspect the machine and repair the problem
Fig.3-81
before operating the machine. Failure to
observe this notice may result in unexpected
and sudden shutdown of the machine engine
and engine damage.
Fuel Level Gauge
Unit of measure is the percent of a full fuel

tank. 194 - 4 -19 4- 19
• Needle 0
2-in white area = sufficient fuel to run 022- 0 2-0
0 2 02
x 2 2machine
1the x 12
2 E
x1 2 2F
g g % zeng
zen • Needle in yellow area = Icon flashes, zen fuel
level is 10 percent of full tank or less.
Fig.3-82
3.5.3 Operating System Screens

9 19 19
4-1
System Information Screens 4- 4-
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
1. At the Main
0 2 2- Menu screen, press function
02 2-0 02 2-0
key F1.2 2 2 2
n gx1 g x12 g x12
zen zen
F1
z e F2
15
10 20
25
5 F3
30
0 X100rpm
F4
? F5
F6
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar
c c
4-19 Fig.3-83
4- 19 4-19
2-0
2 two System Information screens 202 2-0 02 2-0
20of
2. The first
2 2 2
gx1 with data about the following items: gx1
appears
ng x12
z•enSYMC Module zen System Informationze
• SYDC Module
Module ID
SYMCModule
3 1 1 7 1 5 1 0 0 1 6 7
F1
• SYMT Module IOSoftwareVersion

HardwareVersion
6.00
6.00
ProgramVersion 4.13
CPUSoftwareVersion 8.50
F2
F3
SYCD Module
Module ID 3 6 0 1 1 5 1 2 0 0 0 2
HardwareVersion 3.00 F4
CPUSoftwareVersion 4.20
ProgramVersion
F5
30.13 SYMT Module
ModuleID 3 1 9 5 8 3 1 3
F6
Latitude E 0.00 Longitude S 0.00
1/ 2
4-19 4-1
Fig.3-84 9
4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
3. Press2 2F1 to view the second of the two 2 2 2
x1 x1 x12
eng with additional data.
screens
z eng z System Information zen
g
4. Press F1 again to return to the first screen. F1
SYCD æV 3 0. 13
F2
SYMC V 4.13
5. Press F6 to return to the Main Menu
F3
screen.
F4
F5
F6
4-19 - 19 4-19
2-0 -04
Fig.3-85
2 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x122 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
0
-
System22Setting Screens
022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
n g x1At2 the Main Menu screen, ng x12 gx12
zen
1. press function
ze ze
F1
key F2. F2
15
10 20
5
25
F3
30
0 X100rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120 F6
%
Bar
c c
4- 19 -19
Fig.3-86
4 4- 19
22-0 2-0 2-0
2. The 20System Setting screen appears with a 202 2 02
2
x1 of the following options: 12 x12
ze •nglist ngx
ze zen
g
Configuration System Setting
• Articulation Setting Configuration
• Language Articulation Setting
Language
• Time Setting
Time Setting
3. Press the F1 and F2 keys to highlight your
choice, then press F5 to confirm your
selection.
4. Pressing F5 with Configuration highlighted

19 1 9 19
04-first of two information screens.
results in the
2 - 2 -04-
Fig.3-87
2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
g x12
NOTE：
g x12 gx12
zen Pressing F5 at this screen results inzeanpass- zen
Power Train Check
word prompt screen for use by authorized
Serial No. 1 5 PY1 2 2 0 0 1 4 3 F1
Sany technicians.
Model of Grader SMG200 F2
Model of Engine CUMMINSQSC8.3-C205

F3
F4
F5
F6
4- 19 4 -19 4- 19
022-0 02
- 0
2Fig.3-88 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
5. Press F1 2to
0 2 - view the second of the two
022-0 02 2-0
2 additional data.
screens2 with 2 2
g x 1 gx12 gx12
zen
NOTE： zen Sensor Check
zen
Fuel Level CYW_SYLJ_L1000 F1
Pressing F5 at this screen results in a pass- Transmission Oil Pressure GEMS_31001H0010GOK8000
F2
word prompt screen for use by authorized Transmission OilTemp GEMS_31001H0010GOK8000
F3
Sany technicians.
F4
6. Press F6 to return to the System Setting F5
screen. F6
2/2
7. Pressing F5 with Articulation Setting high-

lighted results in a password prompt screen
9 19 19
4-1 Sany technicians.
Fig.3-89
for use by authorized 4- 4-
22-0
0 to return to the System Setting 20 22-0 02 2-0
8. Press 2F6 2
1 2 12 x12
ngx
screen.
ze ngx ze zen
g
9. Press F5 with Languagehighlighted to ac-
cessthe screen that allows you to change the
on-screen language. Language
(Chinese) F1
10.If necessary, use the F1 and F2 keys to se- English F2
lect the desired on-screen language, then (Spanish) F3
press F5 to confirm that choice. (Russian) F4
11.Press F6 to return to the System Setting F5
screen. 19 19 F6
19
2 -04- 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
gx12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-90
12.Press F5 with Time Setting highlighted to

access the screen with this function.
System Check
1) Press F3 (the “+” sign) and F4 (the “-” sign) Status Check F1
to move from 0 to9. Analog Check F2
Digital Check F3
2) Press F1 (the right-arrowhead) to move for- F4
ward to the next digit. F5
-19 -19 4-19

-04left-arrowhead) to move back -04
F6
3) Press F2 (the
2 2 2 2 02 2-0
2 20 2 20 2
1 1 x12
to the previous digit.
gx gx g
z4)enPress F5 to complete the time-setting zen Fig.3-91 zen
process.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
13.Press2F6
0 2 - to return to the Main Menu
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
screen.
g x 12 g x12
zen Fault List zen zen
1. At the Main Menu screen, press function
F1
key F3.
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
E 40 F5
F 0 10 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
4 -19 4 -19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 Fig.3-92
g x12
zen zen zen
2. The Fault List screen appears with a list of
all current faults, ifany.
Fault List
3. Press F1 and F2, as needed to select a
No. Information F1
listed fault. F2
1 120171 Transmission oil temp
low!
F3
2 130011 Low brake system
pressure! F4
F5
9 9 19
F6
4-1 4-1 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 Fig.3-93 g x12
zen zen zen
4. Press F5 to see the first in a series of
screens with possible reasons for various Low brake system pressure alarm!
faults.
Possible Reasons:
F1
1.low fluid charging pressure
2.pressureswitch damage 3.wiring fault
5. Press F1 and F2 as needed to scroll 4.SYMCinput point fault F2
through the various screens until you reach F3
the one for the fault you had selected. F4
F5
6. Press F6 to return to the Fault List screen.
9 9 19
4-1 3 through 6 if there are multi- 4-1
F6
0 0 4-
2-0
7. Repeat steps
2 - 2 -
202 202 02
3/ 22
ple faults. 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 8. Press F6 again to return to the Main
zenMenu Fig.3-94
zen
screen.

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
System Check
0 2 2- Screen 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
12
Atgxthe Main Menu screen, x12 x12
1. n
ze ng
press function
ze zen
g
key F4.
F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0
Fig.3-95 022-0
2 2 2
x12
g g x12 gx12
z2.enThe System Check screen appears with
zena zen
list of categories.
System Check
3. Press F1 and F2 as needed to select a
Status Check F1
listed category.
Analog Check F2
Digital Check F3
F4
F5
F6
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
02 022-0
2 2Fig.3-96 2
x12
g g x1 2
gx12
z4.enPressing F5 with Status Check highlighted
zen zen
results in the first of two informational
Status Check
screens.
Gear Selector Status P P F1
Running Speed 0.0 km/h
PWM And Feedback Current For 1#Valve 2000 PWM 0 mA F2
PWM And Feedback Current For 2#Valve 2000 PWM 0 mA

F3
PWM And Feedback Current For 3#Valve 2000 PWM 0 mA PWM
And Feedback Current For 4#Valve 2000 PWM 0 mA PWM And F4
Feedback Current For 5#Valve 50000 PWM 410 mA
F5
PWM And Feedback Current For 7#Valve 2000 PWM 0 mA F6

4- 19 4- 19 1/ 2
4-19
02 2-0 2-0
02 022-0
2 2Fig.3-97 2
g x12 gx1 2
gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
5. Press 2F1
0 2 - to view the second of the two
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12
screens.
x x12 x12
zen e ng Status Check
zen
g
6. Press either F1 to return to the zprevious Engine Speed 0 rpm
F1
Status Check screen or press F6 to return to AxisSpeed 1# 0 rpm
AxisSpeed 3# 0 rpm F2
the System Check screen. AxisSpeed 5# 0 rpm
F3
Engine Load æ0 %
Transmission Main Pressure 0 F4
bar
Mileage 13.0 km
F5
Accelerator Position 2 %
F6
2/ 2
4-19 19
Fig.3-98
4- 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 F5 with Analog Check highlighted
7. Pressing
2 2 202 202
x1 in an informational screen.
gresults gx1 g x12
zen zen Analog Check zen
8. Press F6 to return to the System Check Fuel Level 12 % F1
screen. Engine Oil Pressure 0 F2
Engine Coolant Temp bar

F3
Transmission Oil Temp 16 °C
F4
20 °C
F5
F6
4-19 4-1
9
Fig.3-99 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
9.1Pressing
x 12
F5 with DigitalCheck highlighted
x
2
x12
2
g
en resultsin an informational screen. en g g
z z Digital Check zen
10.Press F6 to return to the System Check Braking Signal Brake Pressure F1
screen. Parking Signal Charging Signal F2
Startup Control Reverse Control

F3
TransmissionValve Status1# TransmissionValve Status2#

F4

F5
F6
4-19 19
- 4- 19
2-0 2 -04
Fig.3-100
2-0
02 02 02
22
x1 x1 22 x12
2
n gMaintenance Instructions Screens eng g
z e z zen

4-19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 NOTICE 2 202 2 02
Thegx1Maintenance Instructions series ofgx1 gx12
en
zscreens zen
are for use only by authorized Sany zen
technicians.
1. At the Main Menu screen, press function

key F5.
F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
4-19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
2 02 2 02 2
F6
02
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.3-101
2. The Maintenance Instructions screen ap-

pears with a list of categories.
Maintenance Instructions
3. Press F1 and F2 as needed to select a Content F1
listed category. History F2
4. Pressing F5 with Content highlighted re- Confirmation F3
sults in a series of9 screens about periodic Password Reset

19 19
F4
maintenance. -04-
1
2 2 - 04- F5
2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
x12 x12 x12
F6
NOTICE
eng
zThe maintenance information z e
presented in
ng zen
g
Section 5 of this manual supersedes the Fig.3-102
information in the “Content” screens.
5. Pressing F5 with History highlighted results

in a password prompt screen for use by au-
thorized Sany technicians.
6. Pressing F5 with Confirmation highlighted

results in a password prompt screen for use
9 19 19
4-1 technicians.
by authorized Sany 4- 4-
022-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
7. Pressing
0 2 2- F5 with Password Reset high- 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 results in the Password Modification
lighted
g x 12 g x12
zen screen. zen zen
Password Modification
0
1) Press F3 (the “+” sign) and F4 (the “-” sign)
Old Password
* * * F1
to move from 0 to9.

New Password
* * * * F2
Confirm Password
* * * * + F3
2) Press F2 (the right-arrowhead) to move for- - F4
ward to the next digit (or the first digit in that F5
F6
same field after the last digit).
3) Press F1 (the down-arrowhead) to move

9 field (New Password) or to
down to the-1next 19
Fig.3-103 19
2 - 04 after the bottom field. 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 202 02
the top field
2 2 2
n g4)x1Press F3, F4 and F2 as described in n gx1 g x12
zen
steps
z e z e
“a” and “b” to set a new password.
5) Press F1 (the down-arrowhead) to move

down to the next field (Confirm Password).
6) Press F3, F4 and F2 as described in steps

“a” and “b” to confirm the new password.
7) Press F5 to complete the password modifi-

9
cation process.
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
8. Press F6 to return to the Maintenance In- 02 02
2 2 2
g x1
structions screen. x12 x12
zen 9. Press z eng zen
g
F6 to return to the Main Menu
screen.
GPS Screen
NOTICE
Disregard the GPS function on this machine.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader Operation
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Operation
- 19 - 19 - 19
-04 -04 -04
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
22 22 22
4.12New20 Machine Run-In ............................................................................................................4-5
2 20 2 20
1 1 1
x Pre-Start Checks...................................................................................................................4-6
g4.2 gx gx
zen zen zen
4.2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Operation & Maintenance Manual ............................................................................4-6
4.2.3 Daily Maintenance Record.........................................................................................4-6
4.2.4 Exterior .........................................................................................................................4-7
4.2.5 Interior...........................................................................................................................4-7
4.3 Monitor / First-Time Setup .................................................................................................4-11
4.3.1 Access the Main Menu .............................................................................................4-11
4.4 Engine Procedures ............................................................................................................ 4-15
-19 -19
4.4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 4-1519
0 4 0 4
4.4.22-Engine Start-Up Procedures ..................................................................................
2 - 2 - 04-
4-16
2 202 Idle the Engine..........................................................................................................
4.4.3 2 202 2 202 4-18
e n gx1 4.4.4 Engine Warm-Up......................................................................................................
z z z
4.4.5 Cold-Weather Operation ......................................................................................... 4-19
4.5 Travel Operations............................................................................................................... 4-20
4.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 4-20
4.5.2 Before Travel ............................................................................................................ 4-21
4.5.3 Steering ..................................................................................................................... 4-22
4.5.4 Travel Forward.......................................................................................................... 4-23
4.5.5 Travel in Reverse ..................................................................................................... 4-24
4.5.6 Reverse from a Steep Slope or Ditch.................................................................... 4-26
4.6 Control the
0 4 -19Work Equipment ............................................................................................
0 4 -19 4-27
0 4 -19
4.6.1
0 2 2-Introduction ...............................................................................................................
0 2 2- 0 2 2-4-27
2 2 2 4-27
g x 124.6.2 Grade on the Left .....................................................................................................
g x 12 g x 12
zen zen zen
4.6.3 Grade on the Right................................................................................................... 4-29
4.6.4 Grade Around an Obstacle ..................................................................................... 4-31
4.6.5 Grade on S-Shape Curves ..................................................................................... 4-31
Operation SMG200 Motor Grader
9 9
-1 Side V-Ditch ............................................................................................ 9
4.6.6 Cut a04Left
- - 0 4-1 4-3404-1
4.6.720Cut22 a Right Side V-Ditch..........................................................................................
0 2 2 0 2
4-362-
2 2
g x 12 Cut a Flat-Bottom Ditch ...........................................................................................
4.6.8 g x 12 g x 12 4-38
zen 4.6.9 Clean a Left Ditch.....................................................................................................
zen zen 4-40
4.6.10 Clean a Right Ditch................................................................................................ 4-41
4.6.11 Clean a Left Road Shoulder ................................................................................. 4-43
4.6.12 Clean a Right Road Shoulder .............................................................................. 4-44
4.6.13 Scrape a Wet Ditch ................................................................................................ 4-45
4.6.14 Grade On a Slope .................................................................................................. 4-46
4.6.15 Scrape a Right-Side Slope ................................................................................... 4-47
4.6.16 Left-Side Vertical Operation. ................................................................................ 4-49
4.6.17 Right-Side 9 Vertical Operation...............................................................................
9 4-52
0 4 - 1
0 4 - 1
0 4 -19
2- 2- 2-
4.6.18 Operate the Scarifier ............................................................................................. 4-54
0 2 0 2 0 2
x 1 22
4.6.19 Operate the Push-Plate
22 22
........................................................................................
x 1 x 1
4-56
g
en 4.6.20 Operate the Centershift Cylinder g g
en .........................................................................
en 4-58
z4.7 z z
Park the Machine ............................................................................................................... 4-59
4.7.1 Stop the Machine ..................................................................................................... 4-59
4.7.2 Engine Shutdown (Normal) .................................................................................... 4-59
4.7.3 Engine Shutdown (Electrical Malfunction)............................................................ 4-60
4.7.4 Leave the Machine................................................................................................... 4-61
4.8 Tow the Machine ................................................................................................................ 4-61
4.9 Transport the Machine....................................................................................................... 4-63
4.9.1 Preparation Before Loading.................................................................................... 4-63
-19 -19
4.9.2 Check Before Loading............................................................................................. 4-63 19
4.9.3 Load 2 - 0 4 - 0 4
...........................................................................................................................
2 4-632 - 04-
2 202
20Transportation........................................................................................................... 2
204-64
4.9.4
x1 2 x1 2 2
x1 4-64
z eng4.9.5 Unload........................................................................................................................
zeng z eng
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

-1 9 19 19
-04
4.Operation 4- 4-
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
22
x1 New Machine Run-In
4.1 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Your machine has been thoroughly tested and
adjusted before shipment. However, initial op-
eration of the machine under severe condi-
tions can adversely affect the performance of
the machine or shorten the machine life.
Therefore, Sany recommends that you allow
a run-in period of 100 service hours for a new
machine.
NOTE：
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
The total
0 2 2-number of service hours (down to 022- h02 2-0
2 2 2
g
the
x 12tenths of an hour) since the machinegxwas
12 g x12
zen put into service can be found in the middle
zen of Fig.4-1 zen
the Main Menu screen on the monitor after
the engine has been started and the welcome
screen has cleared.
Proper run-in of a new machine is crucial for

guaranteeing a long service life of the ma-
chine. Ensure that the machine is in a normal
working condition before proceeding with the
running-in.
-19 19 19
Refer to the
2 - 04applicable engine manual for de-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202engine run-in.
tails on 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen The following points are not limitations
zenbut in- zen
stead guidelines for the machine run-in
period:
• The machine travel speed should not ex-
ceed 70% of the maximum travel speed.
• Ensure proper engine warm up per the en-
gine manual.
• Avoid long periods of operation with the en-
gine at idle or continuous maximum horse-
-19
04 starts, movements or stops. 2-04-
power levels. 19 4- 19
• Avoid 2 - 2-0
202never operate this machine with a full 202 02
sudden
2 2 2
n gx1
Also
n gx1 g x12
z e load during the run- in period. z e zen

19 19 19
• 04- power to allow acceleration
Manage engine
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 speed when conditions require
to governed 2 02 202
x12
g power. Do not over-rev the engine.eng x12 g x12
z•enMonitor the instruments frequently — espe- zen
more
z
cially the engine oil pressure and coolant
temperature. Shut down the machine at the
first indication of an abnormal reading.
• Check all components frequently for proper
operation, unusual noises, and excessive
heating.
• Always let the engine cool down before
9
shutting off the engine.
- 1 - 19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
• Frequently2checkthe
0 2 - fasteners for tightness.
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 the various fluid levels and add 2 2
Also 2check 2
n g x 1
n gx1 g x12
e e zen
fluidsor lubricants as required.
z z
4.2 Pre-Start Checks

4.2.1 Introduction
CAUTION
Perform this inspection and have needed
issues resolved before operation. Failure
to observe and follow this caution could
-19moderate injury.
result in minor or
4 4- 19 4-19
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
20
Always2complete a walk-around visual inspec- 2 20 2
n gxof the machine with special attentionentogx1
1 g x12
zen
tion
e
z z
structural damage, loose equipment, leaks or
other conditions that require immediate cor-
rection for safe operation.
4.2.2 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Ensure that this Operation and Maintenance

manual remains in the cab.
9 19 19
4-1
4.2.3 Daily Maintenance Record 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2
Check 2the 2 2
g x 1 Maintenance Log to verify that allgx12 g x12
en
zrequired zen
maintenance checks have been per-
zen
formed before operating the machine. If these

9
-1 have not been performed, 19 19
checks and04actions 4- 4-
-
022 supervisor.
notify your 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
See “Directional Reference of the Machine”
on page 1-5.
NOTE：
See “Secure the Machine for Maintenance”
on page 5-52.
4.2.4 Exterior
-19 items are cleaned:

Make sure these
4- 19 4- 19
• Windows 2 2 -04(a) 2-0 2-0
20 2 02 202
•x 1 2
Mirrors (b) x12 x12
zeng • Grab handles(c) zen
g a
zen
g
NOTE：
b
Wipe the grab handles to remove grease or
c
dirt to help ensure a firm grip is possible when
entering or exiting the cab area. d
• Steps (d)
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-2
a. Windows c. Grab handles

b. Mirrors d. Steps
4.2.5 Interior
Operator Cab
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 CAUTION
2 202 202
gx1 allow other personnel to ride with
Never
n n gx1 g x12
e
zyou inside the operator cab. Never bring
z e zen
objects into the operator cab that could
restrict your movement or vision in any
manner.Failure to observe and follow this
caution could result in minor or moderate
injury.
Remove all trash from inside the cab to avoid

interference with operation of the machine.
Seat Belt
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
1. Check the seat belt by fastening it snuggly
2 2 2
x1 your waist.
around
g x1g g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-3
2. Ensure that the

0 4 -19latch plate (a) and the 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0
c
222- together and click.

buckle (b) connect
0 20a2 202
x12 x12 x12
eng is no slack in the belt (c). g g
3. Check that the belt fits securely and that
zthere zen zen
b
WARNING
Keep any belt slack to no more than 1 in.
(25 mm). Belt slack beyond this amount Fig.4-4
could significantly reduce your protection
in an accident. Failure to observe and a. Latch plate c. Belt
follow this warning could result in death
b. Buckle
or serious injury.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
4. Ensure2-that the belt releases when the red
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 (d) is pressed at the end of the buckle
button
g x 12 g x12
zen (b). zen zen
b
NOTE：
Seat belt assemblies are maintenance-free;
however, they should be inspected every 500
hours to ensure that they are not damaged
and are in proper operating condition, espe- d
cially if they have been subjected to severe
stress.
0 4 -19 WARNING 0 4 -19 4- 19

Contact2-your Sany dealer if the seat belt
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 any of these checks or fails to fasten
fails
g x 12 g x12
zen or unfasten. Failure to observe andzefollow
n zen
this warning could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
Fig.4-5
b. Buckle d. Red button

Mirrors
19
- right outside rear view mirror 19 19
Adjust both04the
2 - 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 left outside rear view mirror (b) for
(a) and
2 2 202 202
x1 vision and safe driving.
gclear gx1 g x12
zen zen a zen
Fig.4-6
a. Rright outside rear b. Left outside rear

4-19 view
4
9
-1mirror view mirror
4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Operator Controls
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g
Check x 12all operator control lever movementsgx12 g x12
en smooth operation with the ignition zkey-
zfor en zen
switch at the “O” position. The control levers
should return to neutral freely and there
should not be any excessive play in the con-
trol levers.
NOTE：
See “Control Levers” on page 3-16 for con-
trols information.
9 19 19
4-1 Devices
Lights and Warning 4- 4-
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
Check the
2 20horn and various lights for proper 2 20 2
n gx 1 with the keyswitch set to the n“I”gx1 g x12
zen
operation
e
zposition: z e Fig.4-7
Fire Extinguisher
Check that the fire extinguisher is properly

mounted in the cab and is in good condition.
NOTE：
Be sure the fire extinguisher meets all local re-
quirements and is NFPA 10 Standard for Port-
-19
able Fire Extinguishers.
4 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
Escape Tool 202 202
x12 x12 x12
eng
zCheck zen
g
that the escape tool is properly
zen
g
mounted the cab.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

1 9 19 19
04- / First-Time Setup
4.3 Monitor
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 2 02
gx 12 Access the Main Menu
4.3.1
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Turn the ignition key to the “I” position to view
the welcome screen and then the Main Menu
screen. F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
9 9 19
F6
4-1 4-1 4-
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 Fig.4-8 g x12
zen zen zen
Set the Date and Time
1. Press F2.
F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
9 9 19
F5
4-1 4-1
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
4-
%
Bar c c
2-0 2-0 2-0

F6
2 02 2 02 2 02
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen Fig.4-9 zen
2. Use the F2 key on the System Setting

screen to highlight the Time Setting option.
System Setting
Configuration F1
Articulation Setting F2
Language F3
Time Setting F4
19 19 F5
19
2 - 04- 2 - 04- F6
2-0
4-
202 202 202
gx 12 gx 12 gx 12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-10

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
3. Press F5 2-and the Clock Setting menu 2-0 2-0
2 202 202 202
x12 x12
appears.
e n gx1 eng eng
Clock Setting (BeiJing)
z
1) Press F1 (right-arrow) to move
z
forward to
z
Current Clock 2016-04-05 02:12:03 F1
the next digit. Setting Clock 2016-04-05 02:12:03 F2
2) Press F2 (left-arrow) to move back to the + F3
previous digit.
- F4
F5
F6
3) Press F3 (“+” sign) to increase and F4 (“-”
sign) decrease the numerical value from 0
to through 9.
4-19 Fig.4-11
4- 19 4-19
2-0
02to confirm the new clock settings.
4) Press F5 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
4. n x12
g ng x12 gx12
e Press zen
F6 to return to the System Setting
zscreen. ze
5. Press F6 once more to return to the Main

Menu screen.
Set the Machine Password
NOTE：
Perform this procedure after starting the ma-
chine for the first time or to set the system pa-
rameters to match
0 4 -19the control software with 0 4 -19 4-19
0
the hardware 2 2-configuration after replacing the 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 and display.
controller
g x12
g gx12
zen zen zen
NOTICE
The Maintenance Instructions screens are
for use only by authorized Sany technicians.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0
-
1. Press22function key F5 at the Main Menu.
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
4-19 -19
Fig.4-12
4 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202the F1 and F2 keys on the Mainte-
2. Use
2 2 202 2 02
n x1 Instructions menu to highlight thenPass-
gnance gx1 ng x12
e
z word Reset option. z e ze
Maintenance Instructions
Content F1
History F2
Confirmation F3
Password Reset F4
F5
F6
4-19 1 9 19
2-0 2 04-
Fig.4-13
- 2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
x 2 x12 x12
3.1Press F5 and the Password Modification
n g n g eng
ze screen appears. ze z
Password Modification
1) Press F1 (down-arrow) to move to the next 0
Old Password
* * * F1
field. New Password

* * * * F2
Confirm Password
* * * * + F3
2) Press F2 (right-arrow) to move forward to

- F4
the next digit (or the first digit in the same F5
field after the last digit). F6
3) Press F3 (“+” sign) to increase and F4 (“-”

19
- the numerical value from 0 -19 4- 19
-04
sign) decrease
22 - 0 4
2Fig.4-14 2-0
20 2 02 2 02
2 through
to 9.
x12 x12
n gx1 ng g
e
z 4) Press F5 to confirm the new z e
password zen
clock setting.

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
4. Press F6
02 2to- return to the Maintenance In-
02 2-0 022-0
2 2 screen.
structions
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 ng g
e
z5. Press ze
F6 once more to return to the Main zen
Menu screen.
Select the Language
NOTE：
Perform this procedure if the desired lan-
guage has not already been set for the ma-
chine, or to set the system parameters to
match the control software with the hardware
9
-1replacing 19 19
configuration after
0 4 the controller and 4- 4-
display. 02 2 -
02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
z1.enAt zen
the Main Menu screen, press function
zen
key F2.
F1
15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
02 022-0
2 2Fig.4-15 2
gx12 g x1 2
g x12
z2.enThe System Setting screen appears with
zena zen
list of the following options:
• Configuration System Setting
• Articulation Setting Configuration
• Language Articulation Setting
Language
• Time Setting
Time Setting
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
02 022-0
2 2Fig.4-16 2
g x12 g x1 2
g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - F1 and F2 keys as needed to 22-
3. Press 2the
02 2-0
2 2 Language, then pressF5 to access 2 20 2
x12
highlight
gx 1 1
ngxon-
zen the screenthat allows you to changezethe Language zen
g
screen language. (Chinese) F1
English F2
4. If necessary, use the F1 and F2 keys to se-
(Spanish) F3
lect the desired on-screen language.
(Russian) F4
5. Press F5 to confirm that choice. F5
6. Press F6 to return to the System Setting F6
screen.
7. Press F6 once more to return to the Main

19 19
Fig.4-17 19
04-
Menu screen.
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 4.4 Engine Procedures zen zen
4.4.1 Introduction
CAUTION
Never attempt to start the machine if it
has been locked out by maintenance
personnel. If in doubt, contact the
maintenance supervisor. Failure to
observe and follow this warning could
result in death9or serious injury.
4-1 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx 12
NOTE：
g x12 g x12
zen Check the work area to be sure all personnel
zen zen
and equipment are clear from your machine.
Before starting the machine, sound your horn
to warn others you are about to start the
machine.
Start-up and shut-down procedures for most

diesel engines are generally the same. There-
fore, use the following procedures except
where specific differences are noted. (Refer to
the OEM -engine
4 19 manual for detailed
4- 19 4- 19
- 0 2-0 2-0
2 022
procedures.)
2 02 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
WARNING
2 2 2
gx1 engineexhaust can be harmfulentogx1
Diesel
n g x12
z e
your healthor even fatal. Operate z the zen
engine only in a well-ventilated area or
vent the exhaust to the outside. Failure to
observe and follow this warning could
result in death or serious injury.
4.4.2 Engine Start-Up Procedures
Normal
0 4 -19WARNING 0 4 -19 4-19

Do not spray
0 2 2- starting fluid into the air 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 spray could explode. Failure to x12 2
inlet.1The
x x12
2
en g g g
zobserve and follow this caution couldzen zen
Perform the following steps to start the

engine:
NOTE：
The start-up and shut-down procedures for
most diesel engines are generally the same.
Therefore, use the following procedures ex-
cept where specific
0 4 -19 differences are noted. 4- 19 4-19
0 2 - engine manual for detailed
(Refer to the2OEM
02 2-0 02 2-0
22
procedures).
x12
2
x12
2
gx1 g g
z1. The transmission control lever (a) mustzenbe
e n zen
in the PARK position.
a
NOTE：
The engine can be started only when the b
transmission control lever is at the PARK
position.
NOTE：
See “Right Control Console” on page 3-27.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
2. Turn the keyswitch (b) to the “I” position and
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 screen will display on the 2 2Fig.4-18 2
12 x12
the welcome
n g
monitor.
e
x
e n gx1 eng
z z a. Ccontrol lever z
b. Keyswitch

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
3. The Main
0 2 2- Menu screen then appears after a 022- 02 2-0
2
few2seconds. 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen 4. Turn the keyswitch (c) to “III” to startzethe
n
en- zen F1
gine and release the key when the engine has 10

15
20
F2
5 25
started. 0
X100rpm
30 F3
NOTE：
F4
?
The keyswitch automatically returns to the “I” E

%
F 0
Bar
10 40
c
120 40
c
120
F5
position after the engine has started F6
NOTICE
- 9 -19 19
Never crank 1the engine for more than 15 Fig.4-19
seconds.-If04the engine fails to start after 15 0 4 4-
0 2 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
seconds, stop and allow the starter motor to 2 2
g x 12 for at least 10 seconds before
cool g x 12 g x12
zen attempting another start. If the engine zen does zen
not start after five (5) attempts, contact your
Sany dealer. Failure to observe and follow
this notice can cause damage to the machine
or improper operation.
5. Immediately check the gauges and Main

Menu screen for any fault alarms after
starting.
NOTE： 4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 the engine if a fault alarm occurs,
Shut down
2 2 202 2 02
x1 complete any required repairs.
gthen gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTE：
See “Initialization Screens” on page 3-50.
Cold Weather
NOTE：
Detailed cold-weather starting and operating
procedures are covered in the OEM engine
manual. See “Inspection and Maintenance in
0 4 -19
Adverse Environments” on page 5-
0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- Oil/Ambient Temperature Data” 022-
9“Hydraulic
02 2-0
on 2 2 5-18. 22 2
x12
page
g x1 g x1 g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.4.3 Idle the
0 2 2- Engine 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x 22
1the x 12
2
x12
2
en g en g g
zen
Idling engine for unnecessarily long peri-
zods of time wastes fuel and fouls injector znoz-
zles. Unburned fuel causes carbon formation,
oil dilution, formation of lacquer or gummy de-
posits on the valves, pistons, and rings, and
rapid accumulation of sludge in the engine.
4.4.4 Engine Warm-Up
NOTICE
1 9 9 19
Never race the4-engine
0 during the warm-up
0 4-1 4-
period and 2 -
02never operate the engine beyond 022
-
02 2-0
2 2 2
n g x12 levels. Engine bearings, pistons,
its design
n g x12 g x12
e valves may be damaged if these
zand ze zen
precautions are not taken. Failure to observe
and follow this notice can cause damage to
the machine or cause the machine to operate
improperly.
1. Start the engine.
NOTE：
See “Engine Start-Up Procedures” on page 4-
16. -194 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 NOTICE 2 2
x12 x12 x12
engnot begin machine operation immediately
zDo zen
g
zen
g
after starting the engine. Perform the
following warm-up procedures to prepare the
system for operations. Failureto do so can
cause damage to the machine, personal
property and/or the environment, or cause
2. Run the engine at idle speed (1,500 rpm)

for approximately about five minutes.
4 -19 -19 4-19
3. Operate all-0control
2 2 leversin sequence so
2 2 -04 2-0
20
that hydraulicoil flows into each hydraulic cyl- 20 202
1 2 1 2 x12
ngxand hydraulicoil pipeline.
inder
ze ngx ze zen
g
4. Check for black exhaust smoke, very loud
noise, or excessivevibration.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 notify your Sany dealer immediately 2 2
12 12 x12
If found,
g x g x g
zen zen zen
for assistance.
5. If the hydraulic system responds slowly,

continue to run the engine at idle speed for a
longer warm-up time.
6. With the machine running, observe the vari-

ous gauges and display meters frequently.
Continue with engine warm-up if the coolant
temperature and hydraulic oil temperature fail
to reach normal values (50°~70° C).
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
22-0
4.4.5 0Cold-Weather Operation 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen The following recommendations are for
zenopera- zen
tion in very low ambient temperatures (32° F /
0° C).
NOTE：
See “Right Control Console” on page 3-27.
NOTE：
Detailed cold-weather starting and operating
procedures are covered in the OEM engine
manual and -in19“Inspection and Maintenance 19 19
04 4- 4-
22- Environments” on page 5-9.
in Adverse 2-0 2-0
2 20 2 202 202
n x1 correct grade of oil for the prevailingngtem-
gThe x1 g x12
e
z perature must be used in the crankcase. e
z Die- zen
sel fuel must have a pour point of 10° F (6° C)
less than the lowest expected temperature.
NOTE：
See “Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data”
on page 5-16 and “” on page
This machinemust have the appropriate hy-

draulicoil, lubricants and other auxiliary items
-19
required for 4operation
0
in these temperatures.
0 4 -19 4- 19
2
Individual
0 2-machine functions should be oper- 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 to ensure they are sufficiently warmed
ated
g x 12 g x12
zen prior to performing work. zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

NOTE：
0 2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 Capacity and Type” on page 5-14.
“Location,
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 g g
e
zOperation zen
of machine at full-rated capacities zen
in temperatures between 0° F (-18° C) and
-40° F (-40° C) or lower should be performed
only by competent operators who possess the
skill, experience and dexterity to ensure
smooth operation.
Cold weather operation requires additional

cautions:
• Do not touch metal surfaces that could
9 19 19
4-1frozen to them.
cause you to0be 4- 4-
2- 2-0 2-0
• 202
Allow sufficient time for the hydraulic oil to 202 202
g
warm
n x12up. ng x12 g x12
ze z e
• Park the machine in an area where it cannot zen
freeze to the ground.
4.5 Travel Operations

4.5.1 Introduction
WARNING
Never allow any personnel to be within 26
-19
ft. (8 m) of the machine.
0 4 0 4 -19 4-19
Never allow
0 2 2-any personnel to be around 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 while it is moving. 2 2
g x 12
the machine
g x 12 g x12
en aware of all crush points on zethe
Be
zmachine n zen
and ensure that all personnel
keep clear of these areas.
Failure to observe and follow these
warnings could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTE：
See “Crushing Hazards” on page 2-11.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 NOTICE
2 202 202
n
1 suddenlever release when traveling
gxAvoid n gx1 g x12
e e
z at top speeds to stop the machine.Failure
z zen
to follow this notice can cause damage to
the machine, personal property or cause
NOTE：
See “Travel and Operation Precautions” on
page 2-13.
9
4.5.2 Before-1Travel 19 19
4 4- 4-
0 22-0 022-0 02 2-0
22
NOTE：
x1 “Engine Start-Up Procedures” on page x12
2
x12
2
n gSee g 4- g
z e
16.
zen zen
• Always keep the machine under control to
avoid injury.
• Fasten the seat belt properly.
• Lift all work equipment (moldboard, front
push-plate, front harrow, rear scarifier) to
pass over ground obstacles.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.5.3 Steering
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12the turn signal switch (1) on the front g x 12 g x12
en zen
Use
e
zconsole to activate either the left or rightzturn
signals as required.
1
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-20
1. Signal switch
04-19 04-
19 4-19
2-0
2. Push the transmission control lever forward
2 - 2 -
02 position, then turn the steer- 202
from the 2neutral 202
2
x1 clockwise (to turn right) or counter-
ing gwheel x12 x12
n n g g
e
zclockwise (to turn left) as required. ze zen
Fig.4-21
9 19 19
4-1 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
4.5.4 Travel
0 2 2- Forward 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 x12 x12
zen WARNING
z eng zen
g
Do not travel at high speeds when driving
the machine on slopes or on roads in
poor condition.
Select the proper gear before driving the
machine downhill. Never shift gears while
traveling downhill.
Failure to observe this warning could
result in loss of control, equipment
damage, death or serious injury.
9
-1 then push the transmission 19 19
1. Sound the0 4horn, 4- 4-
-
022 forward.
controllever 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
This action releases the built-in parking brake
function.
2. Lean the lever to the right to upshift the

transmission to any of forward gears 1 ~ 3.
F
NOTE： N P
Lean the lever to the left to downshift to a low-
R
er gear.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-22
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3. Depress the
0 2 2- foot throttlepedal and the mo- 0 2 2- 022-0
2 move forward. 2 2
g x 12
tor graderwill
g x 12 g x12
en
zNOTE： zen zen
If a faster speed is required, lean the lever to
the right to upshift the transmission to a higher
gear (4 through 8) and depress the throttle
pedal as needed.
SMG200
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
4.5.5 Travel in Reverse
WARNING
Do not travel at high speeds when driving
the machine on the slope or on roads in
poor condition.
Select proper gear before driving the
machine downhill.
0 4 -19 Never shift gears while 0 4 -19 4-19
moving the
0 2 -
2machine downhill.
0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
Failure
g x 12 to observe this warning couldgx12 g x12
en
result
zdamage, in loss of control, equipment
z en zen
death or serious injury.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
- horn, then pull the transmission 22-
1. Sound2the
2 02 2-0
2 2 lever on the right control console back.2 20
0 2
x12
control
gx 1 gx1 g
e n
z NOTE： z e n zen
This action releases the built-in parking brake
function.
2. Lean the lever to the right to upshift the

transmission to any of reverse gears 1 ~ 3.
NOTE： F
Lean the lever to the left to downshift to a low- N P
er gear. R
9 9 19
4-1 4-1 4-
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-24
3. Depress the throttle pedal and the motor

grader will move in reverse.
NOTE：
If a faster speed
- 1 9 is required, lean the lever to -19 19
4
the right to-0upshift 0 4 4-
the transmission to a higher
022through 6) and depress the throttle 2022
-
02 2-0
gear 2(4 2
x12 as needed.
ngpedal ngx
12 g x12
ze ze zen
SMG200
Fig.4-25
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.5.6 Reverse
0 2 2- from a Steep Slope or 0 2 2- 02 2-0
Ditch 2 2 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
z1.enStop machine forward travel and liftzethe
n zen
moldboard.
Fig.4-26
19 19 19
2 - 04-
2. Place the transmission in reverse and
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 away while carefully twisting the 2 202
slowly back
2 202
x1 to the road center.
reargframe gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-27
3. Continue slow reverse travel with the front

wheels set towards the travel direction.
4. Continue reverse
0 4 -19travel until the machine is 4- 19 4-19
- slope or ditch.
free from the2deep
02 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-28
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

1 9 19 19
04- the Work Equipment
4.6 Control
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
gx 12 Introduction
4.6.1
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
Never allow any personnel to be within 26
ft. (8 m) of the rear of the machine to
avoid injury.
Never allow any personnel to be around
the machine while it is moving.
Be aware of all crush points on the
machine and ensure that all personnel
keep clear of these areas.
Failure to 1 9
- observe and follow these
-19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
warnings
0 2 2- could result in death or serious 022- 02 2-0
x1 22
injury.
x122 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
4.6.2 Grade on the Left
WARNING
When removing the lock pin of swing sup-
port, the moldboard may move suddenly.
Therefore, ensure that no personnel are
near the moldboard before removing the
lock pin. Also, set the circle and the mold-
board properly to be at the center under
the machine.
0 4 -19Straighten the frame and 0 4 -19 4- 19
2- moldboard to the ground. Fail- 022-
lower02the 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 to observe and follow this warning
ure
g x 12 g x12
zen may result in death or personal injury.
zen zen
1. Release the swing support centershift

cylinder.
2. Use the swing cylinder control lever and lift

cylinder control lever to rotate the swing sup-
port to the rightby 1 or 2 holes, then lock the
swing support.
0 4 -19
3. Set the moldboard properly so that scraped
4- 19 4- 19
022-
earth is pushed outside the right rear wheels.
022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 -
4. Lower the2moldboard to the target cutting
0 2 2- 02 2-0
depth. 2 2 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
z5.enSet the front wheels to lean slightly tozethe
n zen
left to offset any side drifting.
Fig.4-30
6. Adjust the moldboard pitch angle according

to the earth being scraped. Tilt the top of the
moldboard so it is-4
4 19in. (100 mm) ahead of the 4- 19 4-19
cutting edge.2- 0 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
gx1 good conditions, ground grading ecan
7. Under
n n gx1 g x12
e
zbe performed from one side to the other side.
z zen
8. Grade the earth until the road surface is
flat.
Normally, straighten the machine body to Fig.4-31

grade the ground horizontally. Twisting the
machine body is mainly to offset side drifting
caused by the load when cutting deeply. Turn
the tandem driven front wheels to the rear end
bit. -19
4 4- 19 4-19
In case 2of
2-0
02 wheel slippage, turn the front 202 2-0 02 2-0
2 2
g
wheels
n x1 away from the rear end bit. This can
n g x12 g x12
e
zreduce ze
the scraping width and the machine zen
load.
In normal grading operations, the scraped

earth is pushed outside the rear wheels to
make the ground under the rear wheels flat.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
4.6.3 Grade
0 2 2- on the Right 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 gx12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
When removing the lock pin of swing
support, the moldboard may move
suddenly. Therefore, ensure that no
personnel are near the moldboard before
removing the lock pin. Also, set the circle
and the moldboard properly to be at the
center under the machine. Straighten the
frame and lower the moldboard to the
ground. Failure to observe and follow this
warning may19result in death or personal 19 19
injury. -04
- 4- 4-
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
22 x12
2
x12
2
n g1.x1Release ng g
zen
the swing support centershift
z e ze
cylinder.
2. Use the swing cylindercontrol lever and lift

cylindercontrol lever to rotate the swing sup-
portto the left by 1 or 2 holes, then lock the
swing support.
3. Set the moldboard properly so that scraped

earth is pushed outside the left rear wheels.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-32
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 -
4. Lower the2moldboard to the target cutting
0 2 2- 02 2-0
depth. 2 2 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
z5.enSet the front wheels to lean slightly tozethe
n zen
right to offset any side drifting.
Fig.4-33
4 19 pitch angle according

6. Adjust the moldboard
-scraped. 4- 19 4-19
- 0
to the earth being
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
22
7. Tiltx1the top of the moldboard so it is 4 in.x12
2
x12
2
eng mm) ahead of the cutting edge.
z(100 zen
g
zen
g
8. Under good conditions, ground grading can

be performed from one side to the other side.
9. Grade the earth until the road surface is

flat.
Fig.4-34
Normally, straighten the machine body to
grade the ground horizontally. Twisting the
machine body is mainly to offset side drifting
caused by the load
0 4 -19when cutting deeply. Turn 0 4 -19 4-19
the tandem 0 2 2- front wheels to the rear end
driven 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
bit. x12 x12 x12
g g g
zen zen zen
In case of wheel slippage, turn the front
wheels away from the rear end bit. This can
reduce the scraping width and the machine
load.
In normal grading operations, the scraped

earth is pushed outside the rear wheels to
make the ground under the rear wheels flat.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
4.6.4 Grade
0 2 2- Around an Obstacle 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x 22
1Grade x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
1. the ground near the obstacle.
Fig.4-35
2. Move the moldboard along the profile of the

obstacle.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-36
3. After the machine passes the obstacle, re-

turn the moldboard to its original position.
NOTE：
For ground grading, move the moldboard as
close as possible to the obstacle to reduce
9 19 19
4-1 work.
manual clearing 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 Fig.4-37
g x12
zen zen zen
4.6.5 Grade on S-Shape Curves
NOTICE
Prevent any of the moldboard cutting edges
from contacting the tires. If the machine
twists, a tire sidewall may contact the
backslope and be damaged or destroyed.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
1. Twist the machine leftwards. Shift the mold-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
board to
g x 12 right side. g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-38
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- the wheels. Shift the moldboard 022-
2. Straighten
02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 as required.
laterally
g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-39
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
3. Twist the machine rightward. Shift the mold-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 side
boardto2left 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-40
19 19 19
04-Side V-Ditch
4.6.6 Cut a Left
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
x12 WARNING x12 x12
eng
zWhen removing the lock pin of swingze ng zen
g
warning may result in death or personal
injury. -19 4 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 202
n g x12 the position of the swing support
1. Adjust
n g x12 g x12
e
zproperly ze
to align the centershift cylinder piston zen
rod with the hole on the swing support. Use
the switch to lock the swing support.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2. Set the2-moldboard so its left end swings to
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 level with the outer edge of the left 2 2
g x 12
a position
g x 12 g x12
zen front wheel. Tilt the moldboard forwardzenso the zen
upper part of the moldboard is slightly ahead
of the cutting edge.
3. Lift the right moldboard to its highest posi-

tion. Adjust the moldboard angle so the
scraped earth will be stacked inside the right
rearwheels.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 2-0
02 Fig.4-41 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 4. Lower the left end of the moldboard
zento set zen
the cutting depth.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen Fig.4-42
zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

5. Set the front
0 2 2- wheels to lean slightly to the 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 scrape a thin layer of earth with agx12
right, then
g x12
en
zthickness of 2 - 4 in. (50 - 100 mm).
zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2
Fig.4-43 2
x12
g g x12 g x12
z6.enKeep zenof
the left front wheel at the bottom zen
the ditch and continue to cut the ditch to the
desired depth.
4-19 4-1
Fig.4-44 9
4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng Cut a Right Side V-Ditch
z4.6.7 zen
g
zen
g
WARNING
When removing the lock pin of swing sup-
the machine. Straighten the frame and
0 4 -19 to the ground. Fail- 0 4 -19 4-19
2-0
lower the moldboard
0 2
ure to observe2- and follow this warning 0 2 2- 02
2 2 2
may 12 in death or personal injury. gx12
gxresult g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
1. Adjust2-the position of the swing support
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 to align the centershift cylinder piston
properly
g x 12 g x12
zen rod with the hole on the swing support.
zen Use zen
2. Set the moldboard so its right end swings to

a position level with the outer edge of the right
front wheel. Tilt the moldboard forward so the
upper part of the moldboard is slightly ahead
of the cutting edge.
Fig.4-45
4 19
3. Lift the right moldboard
-the
to its highest posi-
4 -19 4- 19
tion. Adjust
2- 0 moldboard angle so the
2- 0 2-0
2
scraped 0 2 earth will be stacked inside the left 2 0 2 202
g x 12 wheels. g x 12 g x12
zen rear n
ze zen
4. Lower the left end of the moldboard to set
the cutting depth.
Fig.4-46
5. Set the front wheels to lean slightly to the

left, then scrape a thin layer of earth with a
thickness of 42-1
9 19 19
- 4 in. (50 - 100 mm). 4- 4-
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
2 20 the right front wheel at the bottomof
2 20 2
x12
6. Keep
1 1
x ditch and continue to cut the ditchntogxthe
gthe g
zen ze zen
desired depth.
Fig.4-47
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 -
4.6.8 Cut a 2Flat-Bottom Ditch
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12 WARNING g x 1 g x12
en
zWhen z en zen
removing the lock pin of swing sup-
lower the moldboard to the ground. Fail-
ure to observe and follow this warning
9 19 19
4-1 or personal injury.
may result in death 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
If there
g x 12is no V-ditch, cut one whose depth isgx12 g x12
en of the required flat-bottom ditch.
that
z en z zen
The slope of the road shoulder should be flat-
ter than that of general road shoulder. The
shoulder slope should be continuous to the
end of the road shoulder.
1. Tip the moldboard forwards.
2. Adjust the position of the swing support

properly to align the centershift cylinder piston
-19the swing support.
rod with the hole on
4 4- 19 4-19
2 2-0
3. Use the20switch 02 2-0 02 2-0
to lock the swing support. 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
z4.enPosition the right front wheel on the bottom
zen zen
of the V- ditch.
Fig.4-48
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
5. Place 2
0 2 - left front end bit of the moldboard 22-
the
02 2-0
2 2 track of right front wheel and allow the 2 20 2
x12
at the
gx 1 x 1
eng
zen required flat-bottom ditch width to be zobtained zen
g
in one step.
6. Lower the right end bit to the target depth.
7. Lift the left end bit and swing it to the de-

sired slope gradient of the road shoulder.
8. Lean the front wheels to the left side.

Fig.4-49
9. When cutting another V-ditch, make it
slightly deeper than or as deep as the first
19 19 19
one.
2 04-
- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
gx 12
10.Remove the earth to the road center.
x12 x12
ng
zen 11.Lower the right end bit to the targetzedepth. zen
g
12.Lower the left end bit to the target depth.
13.Adjust the position of swing support prop-

erly to align the centershift cylinder piston rod
with the hole on the swing support.
14.Use the switch to lock the swing support.
4- 19 19 19
2-0 2 04-
Fig.4-50
- 2-0
4-
202 202 202
n g x12 the beginning, position the right front
15.At
n g x12 g x12
ze wheel on the bottom of the first V-ditch.
ze zen
16.Swing the right end bit to the bottom of the
backslope.
Fig.4-51
4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 - end bit and straighten the
17.Lower the2right
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 on the cutslope.
cutting 2edge 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
en
z18.Lower zen
the left end bit to the target depth zen
and lean the front wheels to the left side.
Fig.4-52
0 4 -19 at a very small angle

19.Set the moldboard
4- 19 4-19
2- earth to the ditch backslope.
and remove the 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 02 202
gx1 the mounds of earth to finish
20.Level
n g x12 g x12
e
zgrading. zen zen
Fig.4-53
4.6.9 Clean a Left Ditch

4-19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
WARNING
2 2 2
When
n gx1 removing the lock pin of swing sup-n gx1 g x12
e
zport, the moldboard may move suddenly. z e zen
lower the moldboard to the ground. Fail-
ure to observe and follow this warning
may result in death or personal injury.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

1. Adjust the2-position of the swing support
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
properly2 to2 align the centershift cylinder piston 2 2 2
n g x 1
n gx1 g x12
zen
rod with the hole on the swing support. Use
z e z e

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - left end of the moldboard so it is 22-
2. Swing 2the
02 2-0
2 2 behind the left front wheel. 2 20 2
x12
directly
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen 3. Lower the left end of the moldboard
zento set zen
the cutting depth.
Fig.4-54
4. Set the position 9 of the right side of the mold-

-1the -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
0 2 2-
board to stack scrapedearth on the slope
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
betweenthe tandem wheels at both sides. 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen 5. Set zento the
the front wheels to lean slightly zen
right.
6. Perform another scraping operation so that

the scraped earth is paved on the slope and
road shoulder. Level the mounds of earth for
final grading.
Fig.4-55
4.6.10 Clean a Right Ditch

4-19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 WARNING
2 202 202
n
1
gxWhen gx1
removing the lock pin of swing
n g x12
e
z support, the moldboard mayz move e zen
injury.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

1. Adjust the2-position of the swing support
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
properly2 to 2 2
g x 1 align the centershift cylinder pistongx12 g x12
en with the hole on the swing support. zUse
zrod en zen
2. Swing the right end of the moldboard so it is

directly behind the right front wheel.
Fig.4-56
-19 19 19
3. Lower the right end of the moldboard to set
0 4 4- 4-
-
the cutting depth.
02 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Fig.4-57
4. Set the position of the right side of the mold-

board to stack the scrapedearth on the slope
9 19 19
betweenthe tandem 4-1 wheels at both sides. 4- 4-
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
2 20front wheels to lean slightly to the 2 20 2
x12
5. Set the
x 1 x1
eng
right.
z eng
z zen
g
6. Perform another scraping operation so that
the scraped earth is paved on the slope and
road shoulder. Level the mounds of earth for
final grading.
Fig.4-58
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
4.6.11 Clean
0 2 2- a Left Road Shoulder 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12 WARNING g x 1 g x12
zen When removing the lock pin ofzenswing zen
warning may 9result in death or personal
injury. -04-
1 4- 19 4- 19
022 022-0 02 2-0
22 x12
2
x12
2
n g1.x1Adjust the position of the swing support
engwith
to g
e
z properly align the centershift cylinderzrod zen
the hole on the swing support. Use the center-
shift cylinder switch to lock the swing support.
2. Swing the left end bit to the positionlevel

with the outer edge of the left wheels. The
earth must be removed from the space be-
tween the two wheels.
3. Lower the moldboard horizontally to the tar-

-19
get cutting depth.
4 4- 19 4- 19
2-0
2 front wheels to lean slightly to the 202 2-0 02 2-0
4. Set20the 2
2
x1 side. 12 x12
zengright ngx
ze zen
g
Fig.4-59
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.6.12 Clean
0 2 2-a Right Road Shoulder 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
-19 19 19
0 4 4- 4-
injury. -
022 02 2-0 02 2-0
122 x12
2
x12
2
1. n gx the position of the swing supportentog g
e Adjust
zproperly z
align the centershift cylinder rod with
zen
the hole on the swing support. Use the center-
shift cylinder switch to lock the swing support.
2. Swing the right end bit to the position level

with the outer edge of the right wheels. The
earth must be removed from the space be-
tween the twowheels.
3. Lower the moldboard horizontally to the tar-

9 19 19
4-1
get cutting depth. 4- 4-
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
2 20front wheels to lean slightly to the 2 20 2
x12
4. Set the
x 1 1
leftngside.
ze ze ngx zen
g
Fig.4-60
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
0 2 2-
4.6.13 Scrape a Wet Ditch
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
warning may19result in death or personal 19 19
injury. -04
- 4- 4-
022 02 2-0 02 2-0
x 22
1 the machine to make its front wheels
Twist x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen and moldboard in the ditch. Turn withzthe
en front zen
wheels.
Fig.4-61
-19
04 and loose earth will make the 2-04-
19 4- 19
The wet 2 -
mud 2-0
2 202slip. Hold the rear wheels on the road 2 202 202
x1 gx1 x12
wheels
n gshoulder n g
z e to avoid slip.
z e zen
NOTICE
There may be obstacles such as branches
and stones in old ditches. Use the
machinecontrols to bypass these
obstacles.
Fig.4-62
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
4.6.14 Grade
0 2 2- On a Slope 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
Be very familiar with operation and
performance of this machinebefore
working on steep side slopes. Do not
twist the machine body excessively when
traveling uphill or on a very steep slope.
Travel slowly on steep slopes. There is
the possibility of a machine tip-over when
working on a very steep slope. Failure to
observe and follow these warnings may
9
result in death or1personal injury. 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 steep slope, turn by twisting the 2 202
1. On a very
2 202
gx1 This method can make the rearenofgx1
machine.
n g x12
e
zthe machine hold at the bottom of the cutting
z zen
surface. To obtain maximum stability, twist the
machine body for balance compensation.
Fig.4-63
2. If the machine head

0 4 -19 deflects as the mold- 4- 19 4-19
board is subject
0 2 2- to heavy load, twist the ma- 02 2-0 02 2-0
2
chine to2 complete 2 2
x12 x12
a turn.
g x1 g g
zen zen zen
Fig.4-64
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2-
4.6.15 Scrape a Right-Side Slope
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
warning may19result in personal death or 19 19
injury. -04
- 4- 4-
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
x
The 22 12
1 following procedures are for right-side
x
2
x12
2
g g g
zen mounds of earth. Swing the moldboard
zento the zen
other side for treating left-side mounds of
earth.
1. As subgrade, the cut roadbed surface

should be uniform.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen Fig.4-65
zen
2. In case of hard (compacted) earth, provide

the subgrade with a slope towards the mound
of earth to prevent the machine from sliding
away from the mound of earth during working.
3. Tip the moldboard forward to 3/4 of the full

range or fully tip it forwards.
4. Adjust the -rear

4 19 frame to a proper position 4- 19 4- 19
and lock22it.- 0 2-0 2-0
2 0 2 02 202
g x12
5. Shift the moldboard to the right side. g x12 Fig.4-66 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 -
6. Rotate the2circle clockwise and whole low-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 left end of the moldboard.
ering the
g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-67
-19Swing it to the place level 19 19

7. Place the rear end of the moldboard at the
0 4 4- 4-
0 2 2-
bottom of the slope.
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 side of the rear wheels.
with the outer 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-68
8. Set the right rear wheels to the base of the

slope formed by the V-ditch.
0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
9. Lower the
0 2 - moldboard
2right to enable it to
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 slope.
cut the12target 2 2
g x g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-69
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- move to the cutting surface.
10.Gradually
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 normal cutting, position the wheelsgx12
11.For g x12
zen nearly vertical to the ground. zen zen
NOTE：
In case of deep cutting, lean the front wheels
towards the slope.
NOTE：
For shallow cutting, lean the front wheels
away from the slope. The earth is removed Fig.4-70
from the slope to the outside of the rear
9 19 19
wheels. 4-1 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
n x1 Left-Side Vertical Operation.ngx1
g4.6.16 g x12
z e ze zen
WARNING
4
ground. Failure
0 -19 to observe and follow this 0 4 -19 4- 19
0
warning 2 2-may result in death or personal 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12
xinjury. g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
52 2 2
x12 x12 x12
4 3 2 1
g g g
zen zen zen
Fig.4-71
1. Right moldboard lift control lever 4. Sideshift controllever

2. Ddrawbar center shift control lever 5 Left moldboard lift control lever
19 lever
3. Circle turn control
4- 4-19 4-19
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
1. Use the
2 20right moldboard lift control lever (1) 2 20 2
1
gx retract the piston rod (a).
to nfully ngx
1 a g x12
ze ze zen
2. Use the drawbar center shift control lever
(2) to extend the piston rod (b) fully.
3. Use the circle turn control lever (3) to form

an angle of 55 ~ 60 degrees between the b
moldboard and the front beam. c
4. Use the moldboard sideshiftcontrol lever (4)

to shiftthe moldboard to the left end.
9 9 19
0 4-1
5. Use the left moldboard lift control lever (5) Fig.4-72
0 4-1 4-
- -
022 the left lift cylinder piston (c) 20a.22Retract the piston
to slowly extend 02 2-0
2 22
x12 the outermost side of the moldboard x12 rod
c. Cylinder piston
to make
n g n g g x1
e
zcontact the ground slightly. ze zen
b. Extend the piston
rod

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
6. Use the
0 2 2- centershift cylinder rocker switch 022- 02 2-0
2
(d) 2on 2 2
g x 1 the control box at the right side ofgxthe12 gx12
zen driver’s seat to make the centershiftzecylinder
n zen
piston rod recede from the hole on the swing
support. The centershift lock indicator lamp
on the monitor will light (yellow). HEAT VENT
OFF COOL
7. Slowly extend the left lift cylinder piston (c)

and rotate theswing support to align the cen-
tershift cylinderpiston with the proper hole on
the swing support. d
8. Use the centershift cylinder switch (6) to in-

4 -19
sert the d 0centershift 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
cylinder piston into the
0 2 2- hole on the swing support. The 022- 02
2
corresponding 2 2
g x 12
centershift g x
lock indicator lamp on the monitor 12 gx12
zen will turn off (gray). zen zen
9. Shift the drawbar laterally to the position
where the ground is to be graded. Use the
moldboard lift cylinder to determine the slope
angle forgrading.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
d. Rrocker switch
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.6.17 Right-Side
0 2 2- Vertical Operation
0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 gx12
zen WARNING zen zen
-19 19 19
warning may result in death personal
0 4 4- 4-
injury. -
02 2 02 2-0 022-0
x122 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen 1 4 3 zen 2 zen 5
Fig.4-74
1. Moldboard lift control lever 4. Moldboard sideshift control lever

2. Draw bar center
0 4 -19shift control lever -1 9
5. Right4moldboard lift control lever 4-19
-
022 control lever
3. Circle2turn 02 2-0 022-0
2 2
n g x12 g x12 gx12
ze zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
1. Use left
0 2 2- moldboard lift control lever (1) to
02 2-0 02 2-0
2
fully2 retract 2 2
x12 x12
the piston rod (c).
gx1 g a
g
zen 2. Use the drawbar center shift zen lever
control zen
(2) to extend the piston rod (b) fully.
3. Use the circle turn control lever (3) to form

an angle of 55 ~ 60 degrees between the
moldboard and the front beam.
4. Use the moldboard sideshiftcontrol lever (4)

b c
to shiftthe moldboard to the right end.
5. Use the right moldboard lift control lever (5)

0 4 -19the right lift cylinder piston (c) 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
to slowly extend
2 -
2the 2 2-
to make2 0 outermost side of the moldboard 0
2 Fig.4-75 202
x 1 2 1 2 x12
gcontact the ground slightly. gx g
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
6. Use the centershift cylinder rocker switch
0 2 2- 02 2-0
(6) on 2the 2 right wall-mounted switch box to 2 2 2
n g x 1
n gx1 g x12
e
make
z the centershift cylinder piston rod ere-
z zen
cede from the hole on the swing support. The
centershift lock indicator lamp on the monitor
will light (yellow). OFF
HEAT VENT
COOL
7. Slowly extendthe right lift cylinder piston (a)

and rotate the swing support to align the cen-
tershift cylinder piston with the proper hole on
the swing support. d
8. Use the centershift cylinder switch (d) to in-
9
-1cylinder -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2-0
sert the centershift piston into the cor-
0 2 2- on the swing support. The 0 2 2- 02
responding 2 hole 2 2
g x 12 lock indicator lamp on the monitorgx12
centershift g x12
en turn off (gray).
zwill zen zen
9. Shift the drawbar laterally to the position
where the ground is to be graded. Use the
moldboard lift cylinder to determine the slope
angle forgrading.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
4.6.18 Operate the Scarifier
NOTICE
Position the machine in-line (straight) and
not an angle when using the scarifier.
Raise the scarifier when turning to avoid
damage to the scarifiertips. Position the
-19 position. Failure to
scarifier at its highest
0 4 4-19 4-19
0
-
follow this22notice can result in improper
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12
performance
gx
orequipment.
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
1. The large
0 2 2- scarifier teeth (A) are used with 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 soil, while the small teeth (B) are gused
rigid
x 12 g x12
zen with soft soil. zen zen
Fig.4-77
19 A. Large
1 9 scarifier B. Small teeth
19
2 - 04- 2 04 -
-teeth 2-0
4-
2 202 22
02 202
n g x1With
2. the machine traveling forward gin
n x1 a g x12
ze e
z lever
straight line, push the scarifier control zen
(1) forward to operate the scarifier.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02
Fig.4-78 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g 1. Scarifier control lever g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3. Dig the teeth
0 2 2- of the scarifier into the soil 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-79
4. Dig the teeth into 9the soil deeper at a speed

1 19 19
04-work load.
matching with-the
2 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02 02 02
x22
1
5. Afterwards, pull the scarifier control leverx12
2
x12
2
en g g g
zbackward zen
to raise the scarifier to the highest zen
position.
6. Clean the soil from the scarifier teeth after

completing work operation.
Fig.4-80
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.6.19 Operate
0 2 2- the Push-Plate 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
en the push plate control lever (1) to raise
zUse zenor zen
lower the push-plate.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
1
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.4-81
1. Push plate control lever
The push-plate lift height and cutting depth

depend on04 -19stroke of the operating cylin- 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
the
0 2 2- the push-plate with full load. 0 2 2- 02
2
der. Operate
2 overload the machine. 2 2
n g•x1Never g x12 g x12
ze • Avoid excessive tireslippage. zen zen
NOTE：
It is easier to control the push-plate with full
load than without full load.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4.6.20 Operate
0 2 2- the Centershift Cylinder 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen WARNING zen zen
-19 19 19
0 4 4- 4-
injury. -
02 2 02 2-0 022-0
There x22
1are five holes on the front frame for thegx12
2
x12
2
en g g
zcentershift cylinder. zen zen
There are five holes on the front frame for the
centershift cylinder.
When the working state of the swing support

is as shown here, insert the centershift cylin-
der lock pin into the third hole on the left.
When turning over the moldboard to the left or

the right, lock the swing support at position 5 5
9 9 1
19
or04-1position 4-1
4
4-
2 3
2-0 2-0
(leftward) 1 (rightward)
2 -
202
respectively. 02
2Fig.4-82 2 02
x12
g g x1 2
g x12
zIfennecessary, adjust the position of the swing
zen zen
support. Operate the centershift cylinder by
performing the following procedures:
1. Press the centershift cylinder switch on the

control panel to withdraw the lock pin from the
center hole of the swing support.
2. Operate the left and right lift cylinder control

levers to lower the left part of the moldboard
9 19 19
4-1 the left lift cylinder con-
to the ground. Operate 4- 4-
2-0
trol lever 2to02extend the left lift cylinder, and the 02 2-0 022-0
2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng eng g
swing support rotates clockwise until the lock
zpin z
of the centershift cylinder aligns with the
zen
center hole of the swing support.

-1 9 19 19
04centershift 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
3. Press the cylinderswitch on the
2-
202panel to insert the lock pin into the 202
control 202
x12
gcenterhole of the swing support. g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 to lower the right side
of the moldboard to the ground. Operate the
right lift cylinder to rotate the swing support
counterclockwise.
4.7 Park the Machine

4.7.1 Stop the Machine
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2- a level ground. If it is necessary to 022-
1. Park 2on
0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 on a slope, chock the wheels securely.
park
g x 12 g x12
zen 2. Release the throttle pedal to decreasethe
zen zen
engine speed.
3. Apply the service brakes in order to slow

the machine.
4. Apply the transmission control lever to stop

the machine, then place the transmission con-
trol lever in the P position.
5. Lower the work

- 1 9 equipment to the ground. 19 19
-04 downward pressure. 4- 4-
Apply a slight
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
22
x1 Engine Shutdown (Normal) ng x12
2
x12
2
n g4.7.2 g
z e ze zen
1. Park the machine on a flat, level, stable sur-
face away from people, traffic or other
machines.
2. Lower the moldboard and other work equip-

ment to rest on the ground.
NOTICE
- 1 9
Except for emergencies, never shut down
-19
Fig.4-83
19
0 4 0 4 4-
2-0
the engine while it is running at high
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02
2
speed. Stopping the engine at high speed 2 2
g x 12 cause damage to the machinegx1or2
can g x12
zen cause the machine to operate improperly. zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3. Run the engine
0 2 2- at idle speed for about 5
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
minutes.
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
z4.enTurn the key in the keyswitch to theze“O” n zen
position.
5. Move all the control levers forward and

backward to relieve pressure in the hydraulic
system. Reset the hydraulic levers to their
fixed positions.
6. Remove the key from the keyswitch.
-19 -19 19
NOTE：
For short-term-0 4 -04 4-
2 2 parking and if the machine is at
2 2 02 2-0
an unsafe
2 20 place, leave the key in the key- 2 20 2
n
1
gx turn it to the “I” position and use ethe
n gx1 g x12
zen
switch,
e
zhazard flasher switch on the front console z to
activate the hazard flasher lamps. This can
help prevent accidents.
4.7.3 Engine Shutdown (Electrical

Malfunction)
Follow this procedure if the engine does not

stop when the keyswitch is already set to the
“0” position: -19
4 4-19 4-19
2-0
2 key. 02 2-0 02 2-0
20the
1. Remove 2 2
x12
g ng x12 g x12
z2.enOpen the right front access panel of thezeen- zen
gine compartment and locate the battery dis-
connect switch (a).
3. Rotate the battery disconnect switch coun-

terclockwise to the OFF position.
a
4. Close the access panel.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
a. Battery disconnect switch

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
4.7.4 Leave
0 2 2- the Machine 0 2 2- 022-0
x 22
1Use x 12
2
x12
2
g• g g
zen you dismount being sure to face zthe en zen
the steps and the hand-holds when
ma-
chine and use both hands.
• Inspect the engine compartment for debris.
Clean out any debris in order to avoid a fire
hazard. O
• Remove all flammable debris from the front N
bottom guard through the access doors in

order to reduce a fire hazard. Discard the
9
debris properly.
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
• Turn the
0 2 2- battery disconnect switch counter- 022- 022-0
x 22
1clockwise to the OFF position.
x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen • Lock all access panels and compartments.
zen zen
Fig.4-85
4.8 Tow the Machine
WARNING
Make sure that the wire ropes used for
towing the machine are rated for the task.
Do not use wire ropes with broken
strands, reduced
0 4 -19 diameter or knots. 0 4 -19 4- 19
Always
0 2 2-wear protective gloves when 022- 022-0
2 wire ropes. 2 2
g x 12
handling
g x 12 g x12
zen Never
Never tow the machine on a slope. en
z
stand between the towing machine
zen
and the disabled machine when
performing towing operations.
Move the machine slowly and avoid
imposing sudden load on the wire ropes.
Failure to observe and follow this warning
could result in equipment damage,
serious injury or death.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 NOTICE 2 202 202
gx1 a disabled machine may cause
Towing
n n gx1 g x12
e e
ztransmission damage. Therefore, never
z zen
tow a disabled machine more than 100 yd
(90 m) if at all possible. Always use a flat-
bed trailer to haul the machine if long-
distance moving is required. Move at a
maximum speed of 1.2 mph (2 kph) when
towing the machine. Failure to observe
this notice may result in equipment
damage.
In case of an engine
0 4 -19 malfunction, the motor 0 4 -19 4-19
gradercan be2-towed to a nearby maintenance
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 Always haul the machine if long-dis-gx12
location.
g x12
en moving is required.
tance
z en z zen
This machine is equipped with parking brakes
that are applied by springs and are released
by hydraulic pressure. The parking brake
must be disengaged before towing the ma-
chine because it cannot be moved if the park-
ing brake is engaged.
These towing instructions are for moving a

disabled machine for a short distance at low
4 19
-machine 4 -19 4-19
speed. Move the0 at a speed of about 0 2-0
1 mph or20 22- to a nearby location for repair. 2022-
less 202
2 2 x12
gx1instructions are only for emergencies. gx1
These g
zen zen zen
Take the following steps before towing the
machine:
• Chock tires at their front or rear while con-
necting it to the towing vehicle.
• Remove the drive shaft connecting the
transmission and the rearaxle.
• Connect wire ropes and hooks from the res-
cue machine to solid locations on the dis-
9 place wood blocks or
abled machine; 1also,
- -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
0 2 2-
other protective materials between where
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 ropes contact the disabled machinex12 2
the 1wire
x x12
2
g ng g
zento prevent damage to the wire rope orzethe zen
machine.

• Remove0the
19
4- chocks from the wheels of the 4-19 4- 19
2- 2-0 2-0
202 machine when ready to begin 202
disabled 202
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
towing.
Tow the disabled machine carefully and slowly

to the nearest repair facility with the wire
ropes parallel to the ground and aligned with
the machine frame.
4.9 Transport the Machine

4.9.1 Preparation Before Loading
4-19 4-19 4- 19
• Perform-0warm-up
2-0 2-0
machine operation before
2
202
loading/unloading the machine in cold 202 202
g x12 x12 x12
zen •
weather.
z eng zen
g
Take care to prevent damage by sea water,
salt mist and corrosion. For example, apply-
ing wax on paint; applying anti-rust oil on
machined surfaces and cylinder piston rods
and then wrapping them in oiled paper.
4.9.2 Check Before Loading
• Verify the length, width, height and weight

19 19 19
04- is suitable for loading the
of the trailer
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202
machine. 2 02 202
g• x12 g x12
Verify that the groundis solid and flat. Check g x12
zen en
whether there is sufficient distance zbetween zen
the machine and the road edge.
• Verify that wheel chocks have been set
under the trailer wheels.
• Verify that the access ramp to the trailer is
wide and strong enough to support the ma-
chine and that the gradient of the access
ramp is less than 15°.
- 19 4-19 4- 19
-04
4.9.3 Load
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
22 12
•x1Raise the moldboard and all other installed
x
2
x12
2
g g g
zen work equipment to their highest positions.
zen zen
Position them to the traveling position.

19 19 19
• 04- line of the machine with
Align the center
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02 trailer.
that of 2the 2 02 202
g x12
• Slowly g x12 g x12
zenthe ramp and trailer. zen zen
and carefully drive the machine onto
• After the machine is on the trailer, cor-

rectthe machine position, straighten the ar-
ticulation frame, adjust the front wheels to
be vertical, lower the work equipment to the
required position for traveling, and pad
them with rubber or soft wood.
• Shut down the engine and remove the key
9
from the keyswitch.
- 1 - 19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
• Lock the cab
0 2 2- window and close the engine 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 12 x12
compartment (if it had been opened).
g x g x g
zen zen zen
4.9.4 Transportation
• Secure the four machine corners and work

implements to the trailer with chains or ca-
bles. Connect the chains or cables to the
motor grader frame, being careful not to
have them cross or press on hydraulic pipe-
lines or hoses.
• Secure the articulation steering with the pull
- 19 4- 19 4-19
-04 chocks at the wheels, then
rod. Place wheel
2 2-0 2-0
202 measures to secure the motor
take other 2 02 202
gx12 x12 x12
z•enSet the battery disconnect
grader firmly in place.
z eng zen
g
switch to the
OFF position.
4.9.5 Unload
1. Disconnect all chains and cables that se-

cure the machine to the trailer.
2. Start the engine and let it warm up as de-

9
tailed earlier this manual.
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
3. Lift the work
0 2 2- equipment to their highest 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
positions.
g x 12 g x12
z4.enRemove the chock and the machine zen zen
wheels.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
5. Move 2the
0 2 - machine slowly towards the end 22-
02 2-0
2 2 trailer. 2 20 2
x12
of the
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen NOTE： zen zen
The junction of the end of the trailer and its
ramp may be steep. Be extra careful when
passing over it.
NOTE：
When the machine moves onto the ramp and
down to the ground, drive the machine care-
fully until it is completely free of the ramp to
prevent possible
0 4 -19 hydraulic cylinder damage 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 -
and hard2contact between the moldboard and
0 2 2- 02 2-0
22
ground.
x1 22
x1 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader Maintenance
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Maintenance
19 19 19
04- 04- 04-
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
- - -
022 Maintenance Information ......................................................................................5-5
5.1 General
2 2 022 2 022
n g x125.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................5-5
n g x12 n g x12
ze 5.1.2 Checks Before Maintenance ze .....................................................................................5-5
ze
5.1.3 Checks After Maintenance or Repairs .....................................................................5-6
5.1.4 Hour Meter Reading ...................................................................................................5-6
5.1.5 Genuine Sany Replacement Parts ...........................................................................5-7
5.1.6 Sany-Approved Lubricants ........................................................................................5-7
5.1.7 Weld, Drill, Cut or Grind on the Machine .................................................................5-7
5.1.8 Clean Parts or the Machine .......................................................................................5-8
5.1.9 Covers and Locks .......................................................................................................5-8
5.1.10 Hydraulic Oil Inspection ...........................................................................................5-8
4 -19
5.1.110Inspection and Maintenance in Adverse 0 4 19
-Environments 0 4
......................................5-9 -19
0 2 2- Values ......................................................................................................................5-11
0 2 2- 0 2 2-
2
5.2 Torque 2 2
g x 125.2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................5-11
g x 12 g x 12
zen zen zen
5.2.2 Specific Torque Values .............................................................................................5-11
5.2.3 General Torque Values.............................................................................................5-11
5.3 Fluids & Lubricants ............................................................................................................ 5-13
5.3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-13
5.3.2 Location, Capacity and Type .................................................................................. 5-14
5.3.3 Fuel ............................................................................................................................ 5-15
5.3.4 Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data ................................................................ 5-16
5.3.5 Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data (Continued) .......................................... 5-17
9
5.3.6 Lubricating
1 9
Grease/Temperature Data .................................................................
1 5-17 9
0 4 -
5.3.7 -Industrial - 0 4 -
Gear Oil/Temperature Data ................................................................... - 0
5-184-1
2 022 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperature
5.3.8 2
2
02Data 2 022 5-18
.............................................................
n g x125.3.9 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperature n g x12 Data (Continued) ....................................... n g x12 5-18
ze ze ze
5.3.10 Transmission Oil/Ambient Temperature Data.................................................... 5-19
5.3.11 Engine Coolant ....................................................................................................... 5-20

Maintenance SMG200 Motor Grader
9 9 9
- 0 4-1 - 0 4-1
5.3.12 Lubricants................................................................................................................ 5-2104-1
5.3.13 0 2 2 0 2 2
Grease..................................................................................................................... 0 2
5-212-
2 2 2
g x 12 Windshield Washer Fluid ......................................................................................
5.3.14 g x 12 g x 12 5-21
en Daily Maintenance .............................................................................................................
z5.4 zen zen 5-22
5.4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-22
5.4.2 Secure the Machine for Maintenance ................................................................... 5-22
5.4.3 Maintenance Log...................................................................................................... 5-52
5.5 50-Hour Maintenance........................................................................................................ 5-52
5.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-52
5.5.3 Maintenance Log...................................................................................................... 5-69
5.6 250-Hour Maintenance......................................................................................................
9 9 5-69
0 4 - 1
0 4 - 1
0 4 -19
22- the Machine for Maintenance2...................................................................
- 2-
5.6.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-69
5.6.220Secure 022 0 2
x 1 2 x 1 2 x 1 22 5-69
g g
en 5.6.3 Maintenance Log......................................................................................................
en en g 5-82
z5.7 z z
500-Hour Maintenance...................................................................................................... 5-83
5.7.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-83
5.7.3 Maintenance Log...................................................................................................... 5-92
5.8 1,000-Hour Maintenance .................................................................................................. 5-92
5.8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-92
5.8.3 Maintenance Log.................................................................................................... 5-100
-19 -19
5.9 2,000-Hour Maintenance ................................................................................................ 5-100 19
- 0
5.9.1 Introduction
2
4 - 0 4
.............................................................................................................
2 5-100 2 - 04-
2
20Secure 02
2................................................................. 202
5.9.2
x1 2 the Machine for Maintenance
x1 2 x1 2 5-100
z eng5.9.3 Maintenance Log....................................................................................................
eng
z z eng 5-109
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

-1 9 19 19
-04
5.Maintenance 4- 4-
02 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
x1 General Maintenance Information x12
2
x12
2
n g5.1 g g
z e zen zen
5.1.1 Introduction
Do not perform any maintenance and/or re-

pairs not authorized in this Operation & Main-
tenance manual. Always observe and follow
all safety precautions.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 2-0
02 Fig.5-1 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
5.1.2 Checks Before Maintenance
Read and understand the Safety section of

this manual before proceeding with any in-
spection or maintenance procedures.
Review the Maintenance Log and follow these

points to ensure your safety:
• Do not perform any maintenance not au-
19 manual’s Maintenance sec-
thorized in -this 19 19
2
tion 2for
4
-0this machine. If maintenance is 22-
04- 2-0
4-
20 that is not listed within this manual, 20 202
1 2
required 1 2 x12
gx gx g
zen contact your Sany dealer zenbefore zen
proceeding.
• Avoid working on the machine while the en-
gine is runningunless required to do so in
the procedure. If the engine must remain
running duringa procedure, always have a
person in the cab who can correctly operate
the machine and who is in clear contact with
you at all times.
9 19 19
• 4-1 Sany dealer if you are unable
Contact your 4- 4-
02 2-0
to perform the procedures listed in this 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
x1manual or if additional 12
procedures xare
2
x12
2
g g g
zen required. zen zen

19 19 19
• 04- proper tools when perform-
Always use the
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02
ing any2maintenance procedures. 202 202
x12 x12 x12
eng
z5.1.3 z eng zen
g
Checks After Maintenance or
Repairs
Always do the following after performing any

maintenance to the machine.
With the engine off:

• Ensure all steps listed in this book have
been followed.
• 9 a coworker inspect your 19 19
If necessary, have
-1 4- 4-
-04 and proper completion.
work for correct
22 2-0 2-0
• 20 the Maintenance Log for this ma-
Complete 202 202
x12
g and return it to its storage location. g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
chine
With the machine running:

• Check for leaks in the system you have
maintained.
• Be sure there are no abnormal sounds
coming from the engine or hydraulic
system.
• Check for any loose or abnormal movement
in the system you have maintained.
9 19 19
• 4-1overheating in the system
Check for any 4- 4-
2-0
02maintained.
you have 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g performing maintenance or repairsentog x12 g x12
zen zen
After
z
the machine, always take time to inventory
your tools, parts used and nuts and bolts to be
sure none of these items were left on or inside
the machine.
5.1.4 Hour Meter Reading
Keep track of the hour meter reading on a dai-

ly basis. Confirm meter readings with the re-
quired maintenance
0 4 -19 intervals listed in this 4-19 4-19
manual. 22-
0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTE：
See “Initialization Screens” on page 3-50,

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2-
5.1.5 Genuine Sany Replacement Parts
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12 genuineSany replacement partswhen g x 1re- g x12
zen pairing or replacing a part on the machine.
zen zen
Use
Failure to do so may result in premature sys-

tem or part failure.
5.1.6 Sany-Approved Lubricants
Always use Sany-approved lubricants and

coolants. Never mix different lubricant brands
or viscosities. The use of unapproved lubri-
cants and coolants
0 4 -19 or mixing different lubri- 0 4 -19 4- 19
cant brands
0 2 2- or viscosities may result in 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
shortened
g x 12
service life or system failure of the
g x12
zen machine. en z zen
NOTE：
See “Location, Capacity and Type” on page 5-
14.
5.1.7 Weld, Drill, Cut or Grind on the

Machine
NOTE：
0 4 -19 dealer for proper guidance

Contact your Sany
4- 19 4- 19
022-
on any welding being attempted.
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 CAUTION zeng x12 g x12
zen zen
Disconnect the battery prior to welding.
Failure to disconnect the battery could
result in damage to the machine and
personal property or cause the machine
to operate improperly. Failure to
disconnect the battery could also result
minor or moderate injury.
Personnel welding on the machine must be

fully qualified and
- 1 9 certified to use the proc- -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2- 2- 2-0
esses and equipment they may operate in
making2 0 2
these repairs. Owners are responsible 2 0 2 202
g x
for12the structural integrity of any completed g x 12 g x12
zen repair. zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Sany strongly
0 2 2- recommends against welding 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 and fine-grain, hi-strength 2 2 2
g x 12
on connectors
gx1 g x12
e n
steels.
z Components should be replaced if they
z e n zen
are damaged.
5.1.8 Clean Parts or the Machine
Never clean the machine with caustic chemi-

cals or steam cleaners. Instead, use mild
soaps and a pressure washer to clean the ma-
chine. Always protect electrical parts when
cleaning the machine. Never flood or pres-
sure-wash the inside
0 4 -19 of the operator’s cab. 0 4 -19 4-19
2 2-
Use only 0nonflammable cleaning solvents. 0 2 2- 02 2-0
Never x 2 2 flammable liquids to clean parts orx12 2
1use x12
2
en g g g
zsystems. zen zen
NOTICE
Failure to protect the electrical system
when cleaning the machine may damage
the machine or cause it to operate
improperly.
5.1.9 Covers and Locks

19
- machine with the covers 19 19
When servicing04the
2 - 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
02 they are properly supported in 202
open, be2sure 202
2
x1Also be sure the covers close tightly x12 x12
g
place.
n n g g
e latch securely in place. If a lock
zand ze is zen
present, be sure the lock is properly latched
for security.
5.1.10 Hydraulic Oil Inspection
Inspect hydraulic oil for any signs of contami-

nation. Contact your Sany dealer for an oil
analysis or replacement if any abnormality is
- 9 19 19
found. Inspect the 1 filters for signs of metal par-
0 4 4- 4-
0 2 2- material and replace the ab-
ticles and foreign
02 2-0 02 2-0
2
normal 2ones. 2 2
g x1 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 NOTICE 2 02 202
g 1
xFailure
to inspect hydraulic oil g 12
xfor g x12
e n zen
z contamination may damage the hydraulic zen
system or cause the machine to operate
improperly.
5.1.11 Inspection and Maintenance in

Adverse Environments
If the machine will be operating under adverse

conditions:
• 9 any electrical components
Check and clean
19 19
-1
04 accumulated corrosion. 4- 4-
to avoid-any
2 2-0 2-0
202 and clean any areas where extreme
• Check
2 2 202 202
gx1 x1 x12
zen engsys-
heat is present, such as the exhaust
z zen
g
tem, manifold and turbocharger.
For heavy-load operation and deep excava-

tion, add grease to the pins of the work equip-
ment prior to each operation. Cycle the
operation of all working parts several times
before refilling with additional grease.
Mud, Rain or Snow Conditions
-19 the machine, inspect each

Before operating
0 4 4- 19 4- 19
2-for looseness.
connector 2-0 2-0
2 202 2 02 202
x1 operating 12
xma- x12
eng
After the machine, clean theg g
z zen sand
chine, inspect for missing or loose bolt zen
nuts. Add oil and lubricating grease as
needed.
NOTE：
See “Travel and Operation Precautions” on
page 2-13.
Near Ocean (Salt Air) Environments
Before operating
4 - 19 the machine, inspecteach 4 - 19 4- 19
0
plug and - pin for looseness. Apply grease
2 2- 0 2-0
where 2 0 2
rust is found, especially at connecting 2 0 2 202
g x 12 and control levers. g x 12 g x12
ze n rods n
ze zen
After operating the machine, thoroughly wash
away the salt residue,apply grease where rust

9 9 19
0 4-1 maintenance carefully 0 4-1 4-
2-0
is found, and perform
22 - -
on the 0
2 electric components to prevent
2 022 202
2 2 x12
gx1
corrosion. gx1 g
zen zen zen
Dusty Environments
Clean the following components:

• Engine air filter: Clean the dust evacuator
frequently.
NOTE：
on page 5-52.
9 19 19
• 4-1the radiator core frequently
Radiator: Clean 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 blockage.
to prevent 202 202
x12 x12 x12
eng
zNOTE： zen
g
zen
g
on page 5-83.
• Fuel equipment: Drain sediment frequently.
NOTE：
See “Maintenance Log” on page 5-52.
• Fresh-air and recirculation filters: Check/re-
9
place filtersfrequently.
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2 2-
Cold Environments
0 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 cold environments (32° F (0° C)),
In nextremely g x 12 g x12
e
zlubricate zen
only with the oils shown in“Engine zen
Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data” on page 5-16
Sany recommends the use of fuels identified
in“Location, Capacity and Type” on page 5-14
for extremely cold environments. Prior to start-
ing the engine, ensure that the battery is fully
charged and that the battery case and the ca-
bles have not cracked.
9
Other Weather Environments
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
NOTE：
2 202 2 202 202
gx1 is evidence of overheating of bearings
If there
n n gx1 g x12
e e
zor bushings, loose parts or rust during regular
z zen
inspection, increase the frequency of
lubrication.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Based on
0 2 2- past experience and suggestions 022- 02 2-0
2
by 2lubricating 2 2
g x 1 g x 12
oil suppliers, the lubricating in-
g x12
zen tervals listed in the following tables apply
zen only zen
to normal operating conditions. In harsh envi-
ronments, including dusty and corrosive air,
abnormal external temperature, extremely
heavy overload, frequent operating times,
long-time duty cycle, etc., lubricating intervals
should be shortened. Always follow the
schedule described in this manual until
enough experience is obtained to establish a
new schedule.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
20
5.22 Torque Values 2 2
n gx1 g x12 g x12
e
z 5.2.1 Introduction zen zen
NOTICE
Nuts, bolts or other parts not tightened to
specific torque values may lead to loose
or damaged parts. This situation can
cause damage to the machine, personal
property, or cause the machine to operate
improperly.
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
0 2 2-
5.2.2 Specific Torque Values
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x12 g x12
zen zen
Table 5–1
zen
Tightening Torque
Bolts
(ft•lb) (N•m)
Wheel lug nut 332 450
Draw-bar ball and socket bolts 400-418 540-565
Battery pole clamp bolts 7.2 9.8
Hydraulic tank drain plug 43.4 - 57.9 58.8 - 78.5
- 19 4-19 4- 19
-04 Torque Values
5.2.3 General
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x 122
Always 12
refer to the chart on this page gifxthe
2
x12
2
g g
zen tightening torque value cannot be found
zen any- zen
where in this sectionof the manual.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Unless specified
0 2 2- otherwise, the nuts and bolts 0 2 2- 02 2-0
shall be2 2tightened to the values given in the 2 2 2
n gx1 table. The tightening torque is deter-n gx1 g x12
e
following
z z e zen
mined by the width of the screw cap or nut.
When replacing bolts or nuts, use genuine
Sany parts of equivalent size.
Hardware
Table 5–2
Tightening Torque Tightening Torque

Bolt Size Bolt Size
19
ft•lb N•m
19 ft•lb N•m
19
M6 - 04- 7-9 10 - 12 -04-
2M16 158 - 189 214 - 256 -04
-
2 022 0 2
2 M18 202
2
12
M8 18 - 22 25 - 30
gx1
2 218 - 260 295 -2353
gx1- 500
zengx M10 36 - 44 49 - 59
z e n M20 308 - 39 z e n
417
M12 63 - 76 86 - 103 M22 419 - 502 568 - 680
M14 101 - 121 137 - 164 M24 53 - 637 722 - 864
NOTE：
The torques shown in the chart above are for
Grade 10.9 bolts.
NOTE：
All specifications shown are for “dry”, not
19 19 19
04-
“wet” torque values.
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
Hoses12 202 2 02 2 02
x x12 x12
eng
zHydraulic hoses are tightened z e
according to
ng zen
g
the torque values shownbelow:
Fig.5-2
Table 5–3
9 9
Tightening Torque
19
4-1
Nominal Thread Hex Size (b)
04-
1 4-
2-0 -
Target 2Value Acceptable Range 2-0
202 (a)
Number (mm) 202 202
gx12 x1
ft•lb
g
2 N•m ft•lb
g 12
xN•m
zen 9/16-18UNF 19
n
ze 32.5 44 25.3 - 47 zen 35 - 63
11/16-16UN 22 54.2 74 39.8 - 68.7 54 - 93

4- 19 1 9 19
2-0
Table 5–3
2 04-
(continue)
- 2-0
4-
202 202 2 02
x12Nominal Thread x12 x12
Tightening Torque
g Hex Size (b) g g
zen Number (a) (mm) zen Target Value zen Range
Acceptable
ft•lb N•m ft•lb N•m
13/16-16UN 27 75.9 103 61.5 - 97.6 84 - 132
1-14UNS 32 115.7 157 94 - 137.4 128 - 186
130.2 -
13/16-12UN 36 159.1 216 177 - 245
180.8
130.2 -
☆ 1-7/16-12UN-2B 41 159.1 215 176 - 234
180.8
NOTE： 4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
The item marked with ☆ is used for tightening 02 02
2 2 2
g x1 hose on top of the swivel joint.
the x12 g g x12
zen Fittings zen zen
Table 5–4
Tightening Torque Tightening Torque

Port Fitting Tube Fitting
N•m ft•lb or (in•lb) N•m ft•lb or (in•lb)
M14 34.3 ± 5 25 ± 4 G1/8 16.7 ± 2 (148 ± 18)
M16 54 ± 5 40 ± 4 G1/4 36.7 ± 2.5 27.1 ± 2
M18
19 70 ± 10 52 ± 7
-19
G3/8 73.5 ± 5 54 ± 4
19
M202 - 04- 93 ± 10 69 ± 7 0 4
2- G1/2 107.8 ± 7.8 80 ± 26-0
4-
02 202 20±2 10
12 2M22 125 ± 10 92 ± 712 G3/4 161.7 ± 14
x1 2
119
gx gx g
zen M24 142 ± 20 zen ± 15
105 G1 220 ± 25 zen 162 ± 18
M24 68.6 ± 10 51 ± 7
M26 180 ± 20 133 ± 15
M20 49 ± 5 36 ± 4
G3/8 68.6 ± 20 51 ± 15
G3/4 (A) 1,661.7 ± 14 1,226 ± 10
5.3 Fluids & Lubricants

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
0 2 2-
5.3.1 Introduction
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 use Sany-approved
Always lubricants, gcool- x12 g x12
zen zen for zen
ants and filters. Sany is not responsible

9
-1 using unauthorized lubri- 19 19
0 4by 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
damage caused
22 -
cants and 0coolants.
2 2 02 202
g x12 gx12 gx12
zen NOTICE zen zen
Never mix fluids of different brands or
viscosities (weights) and never overfill
the system you are servicing. Failure to
follow these standards can cause damage
to the machine or cause the machine to
operate improperly.
5.3.2 Location, Capacity and Type
4- 19 4-19 4-19
2-0 Table 5–5
2-0 2-0
2 202 2 02 202
g x1 Location x
Approx. Capacity*
g 12 Lubricant/Coolant g x12
zen zen zen
See“Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature
Data” on page 5-16. Oils of this type
Engine 4.8 gal. (18 L) include Valvoline Premium Blue or
Valvoline Premium Blue Extra.
.
See “Fuel” on page 5-15. Use #2 Diesel
Fuel tank 145.0 gal. (380 L) Fuel or mixture of #2 Diesel and #1
Diesel Fuels in cold weather conditions.
See “Transmission Oil/Ambient
0 4 -19 0 4 -19
Temperature Data” on page 5-19. Sany
0 4 -19
Engine cooling
0 2 2- system 13.0 gal. (49.2 L)
0 2 2- recommends brands that include ES022-
2 2 Compleat, Fleetcool EX, and ES 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x 12
zen n n
Optimax.
ze ze
Differential 11.6 gal. (44 L) See “Industrial Gear Oil/Temperature
Data” on page 5-18. Recommended
Circle drive 1.7 gal (6.5 L) brands are made by Mobil, Chevron and
Shell.
See “Transmission Oil/Ambient
Temperature Data” on page 5-19.
Transmission 14.5 gal (55 L) Recommended brands are produced by
Conoco, Mobil, Shell, Chevron, Exxon
and Texaco.
0 4 -19 See
0 4
9
-1“Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperature
0 4 -19
2
Hydraulic
0 2-system 29.1 gal. (110 L) 202
2- Data” on page 5-18. Recommended022-
2 2
x12 12
(including tank) brands are produced by Conoco,12 Mobil,
g g x g x
zen zen Shell, Chevron, Exxon and enTexaco.
z
See “Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature
Tandem drive case 19.0 gal (72 L)
Data” on page 5-16. Oils of this type

4-19 1 9 19
2-0
Table 5–5 04-
(continue)
2- 2-0
4-
202 Location 2 0 2
Lubricant/Coolant2 2
02
x12 12
Approx. Capacity*
g g x gx1
zen zen zen Blue or
include Valvoline Premium
Valvoline Premium Blue Extra.
Any anaerobic sealant having properties
Anaerobic sealant NA
similar to LOCTITE 243 (Blue).
Spray lubricant NA Any lithium grease based spray lubricant.
Type II odorless and/or Class 1 (high
Mineral spirit NA
flash point.)
NOTE：
The capacities
0 4 -1in9 the above table are approxi- 0 4 -19 4- 19
mations.
0 2 - exact capacities, use the inspec- 22-
2For 022-0
2 2points, inspection plugs, dipsticks, and 2 20 2
gx 1
tion
gx 1 g x12
zen sight glasses. zen zen
5.3.3 Fuel
DANGER
Never maintain the fuel system near an
open flame or while smoking. Failure to
follow this rule will result in death or
serious injury.
0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
02 02 2-0 022-0
See2 2“Fire Safety” on page 2-10 22 2
x12
“Location,
x1 x1
zengCapacity and Type” on page 5-14. zen
g
zen
g
Cummins® recommends the use of No. 2 ul-
tra-low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel for all normal
operations. Use of No. 1 diesel fuel in a blend
with No. 2 diesel fuel is permitted in cold
weather environments (below 32° F (0° C)).
NOTE：
Cummins® does not recommend the use of
any diesel fuel 9with a cetane level less than
-1 4- 19 4- 19
40. -04
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
n gNOTE： g g
e zenunap-
z Do not use gasoline, kerosene or any zen
proved fuels in the fuel system.

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
NOTE：
2 2-0 22-0 02 2-0
2 20 or bacteria should occur in the 2 20 2
x12
If fuel waxing
x 1 1
ngsystem,
fuel
ze
contact your Sany dealer. ngx ze zen
g
Be sure that there is no water or any foreign
material in the fuel.
Take appropriate precautions to prevent fuel

contamination during refueling.
NOTICE
Never dilute fuels. Damage to the
injection system can result which causes
-19
the machine to4operate improperly. 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng eng g
NOTE：
zB20 Biodiesel
blend with ULSD is z
approved zen
by Cummins® for Tier 4 engines. See your
Cummins® Engine Owners Manual for
details.
5.3.4 Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature

Data
Table 5–6
4 -19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
Temperature 202 202
x12
g° F (° C)
-22 -4 5
gx 12
32 50 68 86 104
gx1 2122
zen (-30) (-20) (-15)zen (0) (10) (20) (30) zen
(40) (50)
Oil Type
SAE15W-40
SAE10W-30
SAE5W-30
SAE 5W-40
SAE 40W
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- Oil Viscosity/Temperature 022-
5.3.5 Engine
02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 (Continued)
Data
g x 12 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
Any engine oil meeting Cummins® Engine
Standard (CES) 20081 is acceptable. Due to
its comparatively better lubricating character-
istics (including improved oil consumption, en-
gine operation in frigid climates, and
continued lubrication in high temperatures),
SAE 5W-40 is recommended for a majority of
climates. In some circumstances, short-term
-19 engine oil in cold temper-
use of low-viscosity
0 4 0 4 -19 4- 19
2- 23° F / -5° C) is acceptable; 022-
atures 2(below
0 02 2-0
2 long-term use can reduce engine 2 2
g x 12
however,
g x 12 g x12
zen life. zen zen
5.3.6 Lubricating Grease/Temperature
Data
Table 5–7
Temperature
Summer Winter
° F (° C)
Grease Type
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
NGLI #22-molybdenum 2-0 2-0
202 lithium-based grease
disulfide
2 202 202
ngx
1 g x12 g x12
ze NGLI #1 molybdenum
zen zen
disulfide lithium-based grease
NOTE：
Always use clean EP (extreme pressure) grease when greasing the machine. Avoid using low
viscosity greases. Sany recommends Chevron Starplex® Grease EP 2 or equivalent. See
“Grease” on page 5-21.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2- Gear Oil/Temperature
5.3.7 Industrial
0 2 2- 02 2-0
Data 2 2 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen zenTable 5–8 zen
Temperature
-4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
° F (° C)
(-20) (-10) (0) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50)
Oil Type
Differential (80W-90)
Circle drive (85W-140)
NOTE：
19 19 19
- 04- AGMA standard 9005-D94, ISO 23448
Any brand meeting
2 - 04- grade 220 is acceptable. Short-term2-04-
202viscosity engine oil in cold temperatures
use of low
2 2 202(below 23° F / -5° C) promotes engine2
2
20life;
gx1 use of low- viscosity engine oil cangxreduce
long-term 1 engine life. gx1
zen zen zen
5.3.8 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Tempera-
ture Data
Table 5–9
Temperature
-22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
° F (° C)
(-30) (-20) (-10) (0) (10) (20) (30) (40) (50)
Oil Type
-19 4- 19 4-19
ISO VG 246 2 -04 2-0 2-0
20 2 02 202
2
antiwear
1 x12 x12
gx g g
zenhydraulic oil zen zen
ISO VG 32 low
temperature
antiwear
hydraulic oil
5.3.9 Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Tempera-

ture Data (Continued)
NOTE： 4- 19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2 202 02
Selection 0of the proper hydraulic oil is based
2 2 2
x1
on local
g
operating climate and conditions: x1 g g x12
z•enUse zenin
ISO VG 46 antiwear hydraulic oil zen
generally temperate climates.

• Use ISO04VG
19
- 32 low-temperature antiwear 4- 19 4- 19
2- 2-0 2-0
202 oil (pour point is -43.6° F (-42° C)) 202
hydraulic 202
g x12 ng x12 g x12
zen zen
in generally arctic areas where ambient
ze
temperatures can reach -22° F (-30° C) dur-
ing operation.
See the NOTICE (below) for additional
information.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hydraulic
system, perform the following warm-up
procedure in ambient temperatures below
32° F (0° C):-19 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
Start the
0 2 2- engine and run it at idle speed 022- 02 2-0
for2 27 - 10 minutes; then increase the 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen perform only no-load traveling forzat en and zen
engine speed to 1,000 - 1,200 rpm
least
30 minutes or until the hydraulic oil
temperature is at least 68° F (20° C).
Proceed with normal operation only after
completing warm-up as described above
or else adjust the warm-up period
according to the ambient temperature.
During normal construction operation,
take care to operate the controls slowly
and observe the traveling system for any
-19
signs of04trouble. 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
Operation with oil
0 2
temperature2- of 68° F (20° C) or below may 022- 02
2 2 2
g 12
xdamage the hydraulic system. x12 g g x12
zen zen zen
5.3.10 Transmission Oil/Ambient Tem-
perature Data
Table 5–10
Temperature
-4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122
° F (° C) Oil
(20) (10) 0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50)
Type
Transmission19 19 19
- 4- 4-
(0W-20)2-04 2-0 2-0
2 02 2 02 202
x12
g NOTE： x12 x12
zen z eng zen
g
Any brand meeting commercial standard TO-4 is acceptable.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

5.3.11 Engine
0 2 2- Coolant 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12coolants used can be any brand meet-gx12 g x12
en zen zen
Engine
zing the Cummins® Engine Standard Classifi-
cation (CES) 14603. Brands meeting these
requirements include ES Compleat, Fleetcool
EX, and ES Optimax.
Supplemental Coolant Additive (SCA)
Cummins® recommends using the following

Fleetguard® products for coolant additive and
glycol level testing: 3- Way™ Heavy-Duty
Coolant Test Kits 4 19 number CC2602B and
-part 4 -19 4-19
2- 0 2- 0 2-0
2 0 2
for contamination/replacement limits, part
2 0 2 202
number
g x 12 CC2607B. Perform the tests in ac-gx12 g x12
en
zcordance en
with the instructions included zwith zen
the test kits.
If the SCA concentration level is between 1.2

and 5.0 units/gal. (0.3 and 1.3 units/L), either
install a chemical filter containing the appro-
priate amount of SCA or add the equivalent
amount of liquid SCA and install a chemical-
free filter.
If the SCA concentration

- 1 9 level is less than 1.2 -19 19
units/gal. (0.3-0 4 0 4 4-
0 2 2 units/L), add 5 oz. (0.15 L) of
0 2 2- 02 2-0
Fleetguard® 2 DCA4 or Fleetcool liquid per 1 2 2
g x 12 L) of cooling system capacity and in-gx12 g x12
en
gal.
zstall
(3.8
zen zen
a chemical-free filter.
If the SCA concentration level is greater than

5.0 units/gal. (1.3 units/L), installa chemical-
free filter. Do not install a chemical coolant fil-
ter or add liquid Extender/SCA.
Test the SCA level at each oil change. When

SCA units drop below 5.0 units/gal. (1.3 units/
L), resume installing chemical filters or using
4 -19 SCA dosage and instal-
the equivalent liquid
0 4- 19 4-19
-
022 filters.
ling chemical-free 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng your Sany dealer or Cummins® Filtra-
Consult
ztion z eng zen
g
Customer Assistance for detailed Fleet-
guard® product information and assistance at

9 19 19
0 4-1 or http://www. cumminsfiltra- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
800-223-4583
-
022
tion.com.
2 202 202
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen Cummins® recommends using (Restore
zen or zen
Restore Plus) by Fleetguard® for cleaning
and flushing the cooling system. Follow the in-
structions on the flushing solution label.
5.3.12 Lubricants
Sany recommends using only those lubricants

listed in “Location, Capacity and Type” on
page 5-14.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 NOTICE 02 2-0 02 2-0
x 122
Some x
commercially available lubricants12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen and additives may cause harm. Use
zen only zen
those lubricants recommended in this
manual. Using other lubricants can cause
damage to the machine and could cause
Contact your Sany dealer for assistance if the

machine will be operated in subzero tempera-
tures where the aid of an auxiliary heating de-
vice is needed.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2-0
5.3.1302Grease 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen Always zen
use clean EP (extreme pressure)
zen
grease when greasing the machine. Avoid us-
ing low-viscosity greases. Sany recommends
Chevron Starplex® Grease EP 2 or equivalent
designed for:
• Heavy-duty bearings and general industrial
lubrication.
• Heavy-duty plain and rolling element bear-
ings operating under severe conditions, in-
cluding shock9loading in wet environments.
4- 1 4-19 4- 19
0 22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 Windshield Washer Fluid
5.3.14
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 g g
e zenfluid.
z Use only automotive windshield washer zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
CAUTION
2 2 2
Never
n gx1 use flammable liquids that could n gx1 g x12
z e
ignite or explode. If not avoided, z e
this zen
could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Never use tap water, dirty water or fluids
that could freeze, clog or damage the
system. Using these fluids could result in
damage to the machine and improper
machine operation.
- 19 4-19 4-19
-04
5.4 Daily Maintenance
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
22 x12
2
x12
2
gx1Introduction
5.4.1 g g
zen zen zen
NOTICE
Failure to perform the following procedures
when and how directed can cause damage
to the machine and cause the machine to
operate improperly.
5.4.2 Secure the Machine for

Maintenance
19 19 19
04-
1. Obtain the -Maintenance
2
Log for this ma-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2
chine and20complete it at the close of all main- 202 202
2 2 x12
gx1 procedures.
tenance gx1 g
zen zen zen
2. Read and understand all of the tasks listed
in this section.
3. Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure in the

Safety section of this manual.
NOTE：
See “Lockout/Tagout Procedures” on page 2-
20
4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
NOTE：
2
Allow the20systems time to cool down before 202 202
2 2 x12
gx1
proceeding with any maintenance. gx1 g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
4. With the
0 2 2- machine secured, proceed with
02 2-0 02 2-0
2
the2following: 2 2
gx1 g x12 g x12
zen • Exterior Cleaning
zen zen
• Tires DA
NG
• Oil Leaks ER
• Sheet Metal DO
• Decals OP NO
ER T
• Circle Drive Pinion Teeth AT
E
• Moldboard Cutting Edges and End Bits
• Front Scarifier Tips & Rear Ripper Tips
• Axle and Moldboard Bolts
• Tandem Drive
0 4 -19Breathers 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 2- Bearings
• Articulation 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 Oscillation Bearing
•x1Axle x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen • Engine Coolant level zen zen
• Radiator Fins
• Engine Serpentine Belt
• Hydraulic Line Connections Fig.5-3
• Hydraulic Oil Tank
• Transmission Oil Level
• Air Conditioner
• Engine Oil Level
• Air Conditioner Compressor Belt
• Air Filter 04-19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2
• Primary
0 2-Fuel Filter 0 2 2- 02 2-0
22
•x1Operating Functions x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen • Fuel Level zen zen
• Seat Belt
• Electrical System
Exterior Cleaning
1. Clean the motor grader.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-4
2. Ensure that all mud, dirt, sand and gravel

has been removed fromthe:
• Moldboard, guide bar and cutting edge.
• Circle 04-19 0 4 -19 4-19
• Tires 0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
•x 2 2 axle, tilting joint, steering knuckle x12 2
1Front x12
2
g g g
zen • Tandem drive case zen zen
• Rear axles
Tires
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Check tire
0 2 2- pressure (a) and torque on all tire 022- 02 2-0
2 (b).
lug2nuts 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 a
g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
Front tire pressure is 34.4 psi (2.37 bar), rear
tire pressure is 39.9 psi (2.75 bar).
NOTE：
The wheel lug nuts should be torqued to 332
ft•lb (450 N•m). b
Visually check the tires and wheel rims for

damage and excessive wear.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 your Sany dealer for any of your tire
2 2 Fig.5-5 2
1
Contact
gx gx 1 g x12
zen needs. zen a. pressure zennuts
b. Lug
Oil Leaks
Check for leaks in the following areas:

• Pump
• Drive motor
• Control valves
• Hoses and flanges
• Engine 19 19 19
4- case
0drive 4- 4-
• Tandem 2 - 2-0 2-0
202
• Transmission
2 202 202
x12 x12
case
g x1 g g
zen Repair all leaks as necessary. zen zen
Sheet Metal
Check the sheet metal panels and covers for

loss, damage, loose connections or missing
bolts.
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-6
NOTE：
Repair or replace sheet metal parts as
needed using Sany-approved parts.
4-19 4-19 4-19
Decals 2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 202 202
x1
All gsafety decals should be visible andg x 12 g x12
e n
zcomplete. zen zen
Circle Drive Pinion Teeth
CAUTION
Be sure the engine is shut down and that
the moldboard and attachments are
lowered to the ground. Failure to observe
and follow this caution could result in
sudden movement by the moldboard or
work attachment,
0 4 -19 causing minor or 4-19 4-19
2-
moderate injury.
02 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
1. Locate then clean the grease fitting.
2. Apply appropriate grease to the circle drive

pinion teeth.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
3. Start the
0 2 2- machine, then activate the circle 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12drive in order to swing the circle for glubri-
x 12 g x12
zen cating the engaged teeth. zen zen
Moldboard Cutting Edges and End Bits
CAUTION
Place blocks under the moldboard to
properly support it before replacing
moldboard components. Failure to
observe and follow this caution could
19 19 19
1. Raise the
2 - 04- moldboard with the engine 2-04- 2-0
4-
202
running. 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12 a
zen 2. Place only enough supporting blocks
zenunder zen
the moldboard so the end bits (a) and cutting
edges (b) can be inspected and replaced if
necessary, then lower the moldboard onto the
supporting blocks (c).
3. Shut down the engine and inspect the end

bits (1) and cutting edges (2) for damage or c b
excessive wear.
4. Contact your 9Sany dealer if replacement is

required. -04-
1
0 4 -19 4- 19
022 02
-
2Fig.5-7 2-0
22 2 202
gx1 gx12 a. End bits c. Supporting
2
gx1 blocks
zen zen b. Cutting edges
z e n
Front Scarifier Tips & Rear Ripper Tips
1. With the engine running, raise the front

scarifier and rear ripper to a convenient work-
ing height.
2. Place supporting blocks under the scarifier

and ripper to ensure they remain securely at
-19 shut down the engine.
04then 0 4 -19 4- 19
2-0
this position,
2 2- -
2Fig.5-8
2
0
2 the tips of both devices for damage 2 202 202
x12
3. Inspect
n gorx1excessive wear. n gx1 g
z e z e zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4. Contact your
0 2 2- Sany dealer if replacement is 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
required.
g x 12 g x12
en
zAxle zen zen
and Moldboard Bolts
Tighten or replace any loose or broken bolts

on the axles, and moldboard assembly.
NOTE：
See “General Torque Values” on page 5-11 for
further torque information.
4-19 -19 4-19

2-0 -04
Fig.5-9
2 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x1 22 x12
2
eng Drive Breathers
Tandem
z zen
g
zen
g
1. There are two breather valves (a) between
the rear tires on either side of the machine.
2. Remove any dirt or debris from the area

around the breathers.
a
9 19 19
4-1 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
a. Breather valves
Articulation Bearings
NOTE：
Sany recommends the use of either NGLI #1
(winter) or #2 (summer) molybdenum disulfide
lithium- based grease for lubricating this
9 19 19
component. 4-1 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - clean the articulation grease fit- 22-
1. Locate2then
02 2-0
2 2which are located on the right side of the2 20 2
x12
tings
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen front frame. zen zen
NOTE：
There is an upper grease fitting (1) for the
upper articulation bearing and a lower grease
fitting (2) for the lower articulation bearing
2. Inject grease through each fitting.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0
02 Fig.5-11 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Axle Oscillation Bearing
1. Locate then clean the axle oscillation

grease fitting which is located on the front
frame as shown.
2. Inject grease through the fitting.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-12
Engine Coolant Level

4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 02 02
CAUTION
2 2 2
Do 1 remove the filler cap while
xnot the x12 x12
eng is hot. Engine coolant is
zengine zen
under
g
zen
g
pressurewhen hot and will spurt out.
Always wait for the engine to cool to
outdoor ambient temperatures before
removing the filler cap. Failure to follow
this warning could result in minor or
major injuries.
NOTE：
9 on page 5-20.
See “Engine Coolant”
-1 -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
1. Shut down
0 2 2-the engine and allow the ma- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
chinex1to2 cool to ambient temperature.
2 2
g g x 12 g x12
z2.enLocate the coolant recovery tank zecap n zen
(a) accessible from the top rear of the a
machine.
3. Slowly loosen the cap to relieve any re-

maining pressure inside the recovery tank,
ENGINE COOLANT
then slowly remove the cap. (TotalVolume
:6L)
4- 19 -19 4-19
2-0 -04
Fig.5-13
2 2-0
02 02 02
22 22 x12
2
n gx1 n gx1 a. Coolant recovery tank cap
g
e
z4. Openthe right front engine z e
compartment zen
panel and locate the recovery tank (b).
5. Check that the coolant level is visible in the b

lower sight glass with the engine cold and not
running.
6. If not, slowly add coolant to the recovery

tank until the level reaches the lower sight
glass.
4- 19 - 19 4-19
NOTE：
22-0 -04
Fig.5-14
22 2-0
20 system capacity is 13 gal. (49.2 2 20b. Recovery tank 202
2
The coolant
1 1 x12
L).ngx ngx g
ze ze zen
7. Reinstall the cap onto the coolant recovery
tank, start the engine and run it at low idle
9 19 19
4-1coolant temperature gauge on
speed until0the 4- 4-
-
022 shows 60° - 83° C.
the monitor 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 8. Recheck zen
the sight glass. If necessary,
zen
slowly remove the filler cap and repeat steps
6, 7 and 8 asrequired.
9. Close the engine compartment panel.
Radiator Fins
1. Check and clean any debris from between

the radiator core and radiator fins with com-
pressed air.
0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
022
- NOTICE 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
To12avoid damage to the radiator fins,gxthe
12 g x12
zen compressed air pressure should zen not zen
exceed 29 psi (0.2 MPa) and the distance
between the end of the compressed air Fig.5-15
hose nozzle and the radiator fins should
be not less than 2 in. (50 mm).
NOTICE
When cleaning the radiator core with
compressed air, be careful not to deform
or otherwise19damage the radiator fins.
0 4 - 0 4 -19 4- 19
Damaged
0 2 2- radiator fins may require repair 022- 02 2-0
2 replacement of the entire radiator.2 2
or 2even 2
g x1 g x1 g x12
zen zen
2. Start the engine and carefully check the air
zen
flow with your hand on the air outlet of the ra-
diator and the engine running at idle speed.
CAUTION
Be very careful to keep your hands and
any loose clothing away from moving
engine parts when performing this step.
Failure to observe and follow this caution
19serious injury.
could result-in
4 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

Engine Serpentine
0 2 2- Belt
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
1. Open 12 the right front engine compartmentg x 12 g x12
en panel (a).
zaccess zen zen
Fig.5-16
a. Panel
2. Locate the engine serpentine belt (b) and
19the following:
visually inspect it -for 19 19
• Abrasion: 2 - 04 belt appears shiny, glazed 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202is exposed. This is a sign that the 2 202 02
The
2 2
g 1
or xfabric
n n gx1 g x12
e
z belt is in contact with an object such zas ae zen
flange or bolt.
• Chunk-out: Chunks of rubber material
have broken off from the belt. At this stage,
the belt can fail at any moment. Heat, age
and stress are the primary contributors.
• Pulling: Belt material is sheared off from
the ribs. Lack of tension, misalignment,
worn pulleys or a combination of these are
factors. 4-19 4-19 4-19
• 2-0
Uneven02rib wear: Belt shows damage to 02 2-0 02 2-0
x 2 2 with the possibility of breaks in thex12 2
1side x12
2
g
the g g
zentensile cord or jagged-edged ribs. A thump-zen zen
ing/grinding noise may also be heard when
running.
• Improper installation: A belt rib begins Fig.5-17
separating from the strands. If left unat-
b. Engine serpentine belt
tended, the cover will often separate, caus-
ing the belt to unravel.
• Cracking: Small visible cracks along the
length of a rib or ribs. With continuous expo-
- 19
sure to high04temperatures, 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0
the stress of
2-
202 around
bending the pulley leads to 202 202
gx12
cracking. g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

19 19 19
• 04- Sidewalls of the belt may
Misalignment:
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 glazed or the edge-cord may be- 202
appear 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen •
come frayed. A noticeable noise may nresult.
Gravel penetration: Small
ze
pinholes are
zen
visible on the backside of the belt. Bumps
may be visible and fabric around the holes
can be frayed, indicating damage from for-
eign objects such as dirt, gravel or similar
debris.
3. Contact your Sany dealer to replace a dam-

aged serpentine belt.
4 - 19 4 - 19 4- 19
0
Hydraulic- Line Connections
2 2- 0 2-0
0 2 0 2 02
x
1. 2 2 the left rear engine access panel (a).
1Open x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Fig.5-18
a. Panel
4 19
-hydraulic 4 -19 4- 19
2. Locate the
- 0
2hoses
tank and examine all
2- 0 2-0
2 0
attached 2 for cracks, damage or abnor- 2 0 2 202
g x
mal12wear. g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTE：
Replace any hose if it is cracked, damaged or
worn.
3. Check fittings at both ends of all flexible

hoses.
NOTE：
See “General Torque Values” on page 5-11 for
19
further information.
4- 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
NOTE： 2 02 202
x12
gDo not use thread sealant when reinstalling
g x12 g x12
zen loose bolts and installing new bolts. zen zen
Fig.5-19
Hydraulic Oil Tank

4-19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
CAUTION
2 2 2
gx1
Hydraulic
n
oil may be hot and under x1
g g x12
z e
pressure. Always zento
wait for the machine zen
cool down to below 160° F (71° C) before
attempting to open the hydraulic oil
system. Failure to follow this process
NOTE：
See “Fluid Systems” on page 2-20.
1. Position the machine work equipment as

9
shown with the4-1machine articulated parts -19 19
0 0 4 4-
straight the0 2 - and rear frames locked in
2front 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 the pin of the frame articulationx12 2
placex1with x12
2
en g g g
zsteering tierod. zen zen
2. Lower all moldboards and attachments to
the ground.
3. Apply the parking brake and shut down the Fig.5-20

engine.
4. Within 15 seconds after stopping the en-

gine, operate the cab control levers in all di-
rections in order to release internal pressure.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
5. Open the 2
0 2 - rear engine access panel to
left
0 2 2- 02 2-0
access2the2 hydraulic tank sight gauge (a). 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
en
zNOTE： zen zen
The hydraulic oil level should be maintained
between the middle and upper mark “H”.
6. Add hydraulic oil as described below if

required. Otherwise clean and reinstall the fill-
er cap.
Adding Hydraulic Oil
1) With the hydraulic

0 4 -19 tank filler cap (b) already 0 4 -19 4-19
removed, add
0 2 2- hydraulic oil until the oil level 0 2 2-
Fig.5-21 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 gauge (a) is between the middlegx12
in sight
g x12
zenand upper mark “H”. z en a. Hydraulic tank
zen tank filler
b. Hydraulic
sight g cap

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g
See
x 12 “Hydraulic Oil/Ambient Temperatureg x 12 g x12
zen Data” on page 5-18 for the correct type
zenof hy- zen
draulic oil.
2) Clean and reinstall the filler cap.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the hydraulic tank. This
could result in machine damage and
improper machine operation.
19 19 19
04- Oil Level
Transmission
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202
2 the machine on level ground, setxthe 2 02 2 02
g
1.1Park
x g 12 g x12
zen transmission control lever to neutral, zthen
en run zen
the engine at idle speed
2. Note when the transmission oil temperature

reaches 50° C on the monitor.
3. Open the left front access panel and locate

the transmission oil dipstick (a).
4. Remove the transmission oil dipstick with

the engine still running.
19
4- 19 19
5. Wipe the
2 - 0dipstick with a clean cloth, then re-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
it2into the tube.
insert20 202 2 02
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-22
a. Transmission oil dipstick
6. Remove the dipstick once more and note if

the oil level is between the L and H marks on
the dipstick.
7. If the level -is

4 19low, remove the transmission 4 -19 4- 19
0
2-and add only enough transmission 022- 0 2-0
filler cap
0 2 02
oil12to2bring the level up to between the MAX 12
2 2
n g x n g x Fig.5-23 g x12
z e and MIN marks on the dipstick after z e
checking zen
it again.

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
NOTE：
22-0 22-0 022-0
2 20 Capacity and Type” on page 5- 2 20 2
x12
See “Location,
1 1
ngx
14.
ze ngx ze zen
g
NOTICE
Do not overfill the transmission. This
improper machine operation. Contact
your Sany dealer if the fluid level is above
the MAX mark on the dipstick.
8. Reinstall the transmission filler cap and re-

19 the oil level is correct.
insert the dipstick-when
4 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202left front access panel.
9. Close the 2 02 2 02
x12 x12 x12
engConditioner
zAir zen
g
zen
g
1. With the engine running, turn the air condi-

tioning system on to check startup, air flow
and fan speed control.
2. Locate the receiver dryer (b) inside the en-

gine compartment.
3. Check the sight glass (c) on top of the re-

ceiver dryer for refrigerant quantity.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
NOTICE 2
2 2 x12
The
n gx1engine must be running to getenagx1 g
e
zcorrect reading on the sight glass. Failure
z zen
to run the engine when inspecting the
sight glass could result in machine
damage and improper machine operation.
Fig.5-24
19 -19 19
2 - 04- c.22
0 4
- glass 2-0
4-
202 02
Sight b. Receiver dryer
2 0 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
The2 quantity 2 2
g x 1 g x 12
of refrigerant is low if the flow of
g x12
zen the refrigerant contains bubbles. zen zen
NOTE：
Contact your Sany dealer if bubbles or oil are
found in the dryer.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-25
4. Shut down the engine.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-26

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2-
Engine Oil 2Level
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12the left rear engine access panel (a).ngx12 gx12
zen
Open
ze ze
Fig.5-27
a. Left rear engine access panel

2. Locate the engine oil dipstick (b) in the en-
19 19 19
04-
gine compartment.
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
2 2 dipstick with a clean rag, then re- 2 202
0 2 202
x12
3. Wipe the
n gx1the dipstick into its tube. n gx1 g
e
insert
z z e zen
4. Remove the dipstick once more and note
the oil level.
4-19 Fig.5-28
4-19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
0d.2 Engine oil dipstick 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
zNOTE： zen
g
zen
g
The oil level should be is within the etched
area (c) on the dipstick.
Fig.5-29
c. Etched area
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
5. If the 2
0 2 oil- is not within the etched area, re-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the oil filler cap (d), add oil as needed,
move
g x 12 g x12
zen then reinstall the cap. zen zen
NOTE：
See “Engine Oil Viscosity/Temperature Data”
on page 5-16. for details on engine oil types.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the engine with oil. This
could result in engine damage.
-19 access panel.

6. Close the 4engine 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0
02 Fig.5-30 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen d. Oil filler cap zen
Air Conditioner Compressor Belt
Inspection
1. Locate the air conditioner compressor (a)

directly beneath the alternator.
CAUTION
Ensure that the
0 4 -19 engine is off and that all 0 4 -19 4- 19
rotating2-parts
0 2
inside the engine
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
compartment have stopped moving. 2 2
g x 12 g x 1or2 g x12
zen moderate injury. zen zen
Failure to do so could result in minor
2. Examine both belts for cracks and other

signs of damage.
Fig.5-31
4 -19 - 19 4- 19
2-0 2-a.04Compressor 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x122 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

3. Press down
0 2 2- on each belt halfway between 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 pulley and the drive pulley 2 2 2
g x 12
the compressor
gx1 g x12
e
and
z n measure the belt deflection.
z e n zen
NOTE：
The belt should deflect 0.40 - 0.60 in. (10 - 15
mm) when pressed with a force of 43 ft•lb
(19.5 N•m).
NOTE：
If using a tension meter to check the belt ten-
sion of the compressor, the tension should
19 N•m).
measure 470 ft•lb (637
4- 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2 Sany dealer to replace both 2 2Fig.5-32
4. Contact0your
2
02 202
beltsxif1 either one appears damaged or testsx1 x12
engof specification.
zout zen
g
zen
g
Air Filter
1. Open the left rear access panel (a) to locate

the air filter housing.
4-19 4-1
Fig.5-33
9
4-19
022-0 2-0 2-0
2 20a.2 Left rear access panel 202
x12
g x1 2 x12
eng
z2.enRemove the air filter housing end coverz(b.) zen
g
4-19 4-1
Fig.5-34 9
4-19
022-0 2-0 2-0
2 20b.2 Air filter housing 20 2
d. Dust ejection2 valve
gx12 gx1 2
g x1
zen zen zen
end cover

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
3. Pull the
0 2 2- air filter element (c) out from the
022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12 and inspectit.
housing
x x12 x12
zen ng
ze signs zen
g
4. Replace it with a new one if it shows
of damage, extreme wear or blockages. Oth-
erwise, reinstall the old filter.
5. Reattach the air filter housing end cover.
Fig.5-35
19 c. Air9filter element
1 19
04- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
0 22-
Dust2Ejection Valve 2 02 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen Check zenvalve
and squeeze the dust ejection zen
(d) for cracks, deformation and looseness.
Replace/repair if any damage is found
Primary Fuel Filter
NOTE：
See “Environmental Precautions” on page 2-
23 before performing this procedure.
0 4 -19 DANGER 0 4 -19 4- 19

2-
Never 2maintain the fuel system near an 22-
02 2-0
2 2 flame or while smoking. Failure to2 20
0 2
1 gx1or x12
open
n gxfollow this rule will result in death n g
z e z e zen
serious injury.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
Fuel Filter Drain
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the primary fuel filter (a) inside thegx12
1. Locate g x12
en compartment.
zengine zen zen
2. Place an appropriately sized container be-
neath the drain valve (b) at the bottom of the
primary fuel filter.
3. Open the drain valve (b) to allow all water

and/or contaminated fuel to drain from the
filter.
0 4 -19
NOTICE
0 4 -19 4-19
Dispose of
0 2 2-the contaminated fuel prop- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
erly. 1
x 2 2 to do so could result in dam- x12 2
Failure
x12
2
g
en to the environment. g g
zage zen Fig.5-36
zen
a. Primary fuel filter c. Priming bulb
NOTE： b. Drain valve
Avoid draining the fuel filter completely. Air
could enter the fuel system.
4. Close the drain valve (b) when the flow into

the catch container is free of water and
contamination.
5. Press the priming

0 4 -19 bulb (c) at the top of the 0 4 -19 4-19
0 2 - approximately 10 times or
primary fuel 2filter
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 bulb becomes noticeably harder togx12
until the
g x12
en
press.
z en
z zen
NOTE：
This action pulls fuel from the intake line into
the primary fuel filter to replace the contami-
nated liquid that was drained.
NOTE：
If an excessive amount of water or contami-
nant was found, Sany recommends draining
the fuel tank. 19
4- 4- 19 4-19
2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
20Drain
Fuel Tank 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
1. Locate2-the fuel filler(a) behind the cab (ac-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 from the top rear of the machine).gx12
cessible
g x12
zen zen zen
DANGER
serious injury.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 2-0
02 Fig.5-37 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen a. Fuel filler zen
2. Use compressed air to blow away any dirt
and other debris from around the lockable fuel
filler cap (b), then b remove the cap.
NOTICE
Contaminants in the fuel system can
eventually clog the fuel-water separator
and could even cause fuel starvation to
the engine and
0 4 -19 reduced performance and 4- 19 4- 19
2-
operation.
02 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-38
b. Lockable fuel filler cap
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

3. Place
0 2 2-
an appropriately sized container (c)
02 2-0 022-0
22 fuel tank drain plug (d), then remove 2 2 2
x12
under the
n x1 plug and allow the fuel tank to com-
gdrain n gx1 g
e
the
z z e zen
pletely empty.
NOTE：
he fuel tank capacity is 145 gal. (380 L).
4. Remove the access plates (e) from the front

of the fuel e tank.
5. Rinse the access plates and tank interior

with clean fuel to remove residual dirt and oth-
9 19 19
4-1 the access plates.
er debris, then reattach 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
x12 NOTICE x12 x12
eng
zDispose zen
of the drained fuel properly.
g
zen
g
Failure to do so could result in damage to
the d environment.
6. Refill the tank with clean fuel, then reinstall

the fuel filler cap.
Fig.5-39
d. Fuel tank drain e. Access plates

plug
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - priming bulb (c) at the top of the 22-
7. Press 2the
02 2-0
2 2 fuel filter approximately 10 times or 2 20 2
x12
primary
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen until the bulb becomes noticeably harder
zen to zen
press.
NOTE：
the primary fuel filter/water separator to re-
place the contaminated liquid that was
drained.
8. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position to op-

9
erate the fuel delivery
- 1 pump for 30 seconds,
19 19
-04keyswitch to the OFF position. 4- 4-
then turn the
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
n gNOTE： g g
e
z Do not start the engine. zen zen
9. Repeat step 8 approximately 3 or 4 more
times.
10.Start the engine and allow it to run at idle

speed. Fig.5-40
11.Check for leaks in the fuel system. c. Priming bulb
12.Check the fuel level display (d) on the sys-
tem monitor. -19 19 19
4 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
NOTE： 2 02 202
x12
gIf the level is low, shut down the engineg and x12 g x12
zen proceed to step 13. zen zen
13.Remove the fuel filler cap and add fuel as
needed until the tank is full, then reinstall the
fuel fillercap.
14.Repair any leaks found in the system. Fig.5-41
d. Fuel level display
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

2 2-
Operating Functions
0 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12the keyswitch (a) to position “I” to pro-
g x 12 g x12
zenall zen
Turn
e
zvide power to the machine, then check that
functions in the operator cab work correctly.
NOTE：
Do not start the engine.
NOTE：
Contact your Sany dealer if any component is
damaged or inoperable.
2. Ensure that the

0 4 -19 following devices work 4- 19 4-19
properly: 22-
0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2Fig.5-42 2
gx12 g x1 2
g x12
zen zen a. Keyswitch zen
• Horn button (b)
• Chassis work lamps (c).
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
19 19 19
Fig.5-43
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 02 02
b. Horn button
x12 x122 x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
Fig.5-4422-
022-0 02 2-0
2 20 2 2
x 1 x12 x12
zeng c. Chassis work lamps zen
g e. Windshield washer
zen
g
d. Head lamps f. And wiper
• Head lamps (d)

• Windshield washer (e) and wiper (f)
Fuel Level
1. With the keyswitch still at the “I” position,

check the fuel level display (a) on the system
monitor. -19
4 4- 19 4- 19
0 2 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
22
NOTE：
x12
2
x12
2
n gIfx1the level is low, turn the keyswitch toethe
g “O” g
z e
position, then proceed to step 2.
zn zen
Fig.5-45
a. Fuel level display
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 - filler (b) behind the cab.
2. Locate the2fuel
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen DANGER zen zen
serious injury.
Fig.5-46
b. Fuel filler
-19 around the fuel filler cap
and other debris4from
0 4- 19 4-19
-
022 the cap.
(b), then remove 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
zNOTE： zen
g
zen
g
Contaminants in the fuel system can eventu-
ally clog the primary fuel filter and could even
cause fuel starvation to the engine and re-
duced performance and operation.
4. Add fuel as needed until the tank is full.
5. Reinstall the fuel cap.
19 -19 19
Fig.5-47
2 - 04- 0 4
- filler cap
b.22Fuel 2-0
4-
202 2 0 202
x12 x12 x12
eng Belt
zSeat zen
g
zen
g
1. Check the seat belt by fastening it snuggly

around your waist.
4- 19 4-1
Fig.5-48 9
4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2. Ensure2- that the latch plate (a) and the
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 (b) connect together and click. gx12
buckle
g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-49
19 9 plate
a. Latch
1 b. Buckle
19
04-
3. Check2-that the belt fits securely and that 2- 04- 2-0
4-
2 0 2 2 0 2 202
gx 12 is no slack in the belt (c).
there 12
gx g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
Keep any belt slack to no more than 1 in.
(25 mm). Belt slack beyond this amount
could significantly reduce your protection
in an accident. Failure to observe and
follow this warning could result in death
or serious injury.
Fig.5-50
c. Belt
19 19 19
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4. Ensure that
0 2 2-the belt releases when the red 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 is pressed at the end of the bucklegx12
button (d)
g x12
en
z(b). zen zen
NOTE：
Seat belt assemblies are maintenance-free;
however, they should be inspected every 500
hours to ensure that they are not damaged
and are in proper operating condition, espe-
cially if they have been subjected to severe
stress.
0 4 -19WARNING 0 4 -19 4-19

Contact your
0 2 2- Sany dealer if the seat belt 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 of these checks or fails to fastengx12
fails any
g x12
zen zen zen
or unfasten. Failure to observe and follow
this warning could result in death or
serious injury.
Fig.5-51
d. Buckle d. Red button

Electrical System
19
4- 19 19
The electrical 0system
2 - should be inspected
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 the fuse box. The fuse box (a) is 2 202
starting with
2 202
gx1 on the front face of the right control
located
n n gx1 g x12
e
zconsole. z e zen
NOTE：
If a fuse is corroded or if a white powder can
be seen on it, contact your Sany dealer for re-
pair information regarding the electrical circuit
in question.
Electrical Power Disconnect Process

Fig.5-52
9 -19 19
4-1
NOTE：
0 0 4 4-
See “Battery2-Disconnect
2 Switch” on page 3-
2 - box. The fuse box
a. 2Fuse
02 2-0
2 20 2 0 2
x12 x12
42.
gx 1 g g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
1. Open 2
0 2 - right rear engine access panel to 22-
the
022-0
2 2 the power disconnect switch (a), which2 20 2
x12
locate
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen is mounted to a bracket diagonally down
zen from zen
the batteries.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
a. Power disconnect switch
2. Turn the power disconnect switch counter-
clockwise to OFF (b).
WARNING
When working with any open electrical
power source, ensure that your hands are
free of any metal objects (rings, watches,
9
-1that -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
2-0
jewelry, etc.) could come in contact
2 2-
with 0electrical power points. Failure to 022
-
02
2 2 2
g x 12 this hazardous situation could
avoid
g x 12 gx12
zen result in death or serious injury. zen zen
3. To reconnect power, reverse the process

shown in step 2, and turn the power discon-
nect switch clockwise to ON (c).
Other Electrical Inspection Points
• Inspect all electrical equipment. If neces-

sary, remove and replace all faulty items, in-
-19connectors, worn or degraded
cluding loose
0 4 0 4 -19 4- 19
2
wiring,
0
-
2cables, etc.
0 2 -
2Fig.5-54 022-0
2 2 and remove the cause of any electri-
•x1Locate x 12
2
x12
2
g g b. OFF c. ONng
zen cal faults. zen ze
• Use only genuine Sany parts.

19 19 19
• 04-engine immediately if a fault
Shut down the
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02 the power supply.
occurs2with 2 02 202
• Do x12
g not modify the electrical system without
g x12 g x12
zenprior authorization from Sany. zen zen
5.4.3 Maintenance Log
Record the completion of all of the mainte-

nance tasks from this section.
5.5 50-Hour Maintenance

9 19 19
4-1
5.5.1 Introduction 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 NOTICE x12 x12
eng
zFailure zen
to perform the following proce-
g
zen
g
dures when and how directed can cause
damage to the machine and cause the ma-
chine to operate improperly.

Maintenance
1. Obtain the Maintenance Log for this ma-

chine and complete9it at the close of all main-
-1 4-19 4-19
-04
tenance procedures.
2-0 2-0
2 022 202 202
2 2 x12
gx1section. gx1
n n g
z
ine this z e zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - Lockout/Tagout procedure in the 22-
3. Follow2the
02 2-0
2 2 section of this manual. 2 20 2
x12
Safety
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen NOTE： zen zen
20 for details.
NOTE：
Allow the systems time to cool down before
proceeding with any maintenance.
4. With the machine secured, check the

following:
9
-1 Filter 9 19
• Engine -Oil
0 4and 0 4-1 4-
• Drive 2
02Shaft 022
-
02 2-0
2 2 2 2
n g•x1Centershift Lock Bar
n g x12 g x12
ze • Steering Cylinder Ends and Tie Rods
ze zen
• Wheel Bearings
• Wheel Lean Bar Bearings
• Wheel Lean Joint Bearings
• Wheel Lean Cylinder Bearings
• Tandem Drive Cases and Differential Oil Fig.5-55
Levels
• Moldboard Lift Cylinder Socket - Check/
19 19 19
Lubricate
- 4- 4-
• -04 Cylinder Sockets - Check/
Centershift
22 2-0 2-0
20
Lubricate 2 02 202
g•x12 x12 x12
zen •
Circle Drive Oil Level
z eng zen
g
Drawbar Ball and Socket - Check/Lubricate
• Moldboard Angle Cylinder
• Moldboard Sideshift Cylinder
• Swing Support
• Circle Bearing Teeth
• Air Filter System
• Hydraulic Hoses
• Batteries
9 19 19
4-1 Filter (Initial)
Engine Oil0and 4- 4-
2 - 2-0 2-0
202 2 02 202
12
NOTE：
gx g x12 g x12
zen Replace the engine oil after the initial z50
enhours zen
of service, then every 500 hours.

4-19 4- 19 4-19
NOTE：
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
20 drained oils and filter for signs of 2 20
Inspect2the 2
n
1
gx particles and foreign material. Contactn gx1 g x12
zen
metal
e e
zyour Sany dealer for an oil analysis if anyz ab-
normality is found.
NOTE：
WARNING
Do not perform this task when the engine
is hot. Wait for the engine to cool to
9 temperature before 19 19
4-1 to do so could result
outdoor ambient
0 4- 4-
proceeding. -Failure
022other serious injury. 02 2-0 02 2-0
in burns2or 2 2
gx12 x12 x12
z1.enStart z eng zen
g
and run the engine at idle speed for
approximately about five minutes, then shut
down the engine.
2. Locate the oil drain hose (a) attached to the

lower rear frame.
3. Place an appropriately sized container

under the drain hose end cap then remove
the end cap and allow the engine oil to drain.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
NOTE：
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 Capacity and Type” on page 5- 2 2 2
g x 12
See “Location,
x1 x12
enfor capacity information,
14
z eng z zen
g
4. Reinstall the oil drain hose end cap when
all of the oil has drained.
NOTICE
Properly dispose of the drained oil.
Failure to do so could result in damage to
the environment.
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2Fig.5-56 2
gx12 g x1 2
g x12
zen zen a. Oil drain hose
zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
5. Place a
0 2 2-catch container under the engine oil 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 (b), then unscrew the filter from its mount
filter
g x 12 gx12
zen (c). zen zen
6. Clean the underside of the oil filter mount.of
any debris or residue.
7. Coat the rubber gasket at the top of the new

filter with a thin layer of engine oil, then thread
the new filter in place on the filter mount until
it is tight. Do not overtighten.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-57
b. Engine oil filter c. filter from its mount

8. Remove the engine oil filler cap (d) and add
4 19
oil as needed-through the oil filler.
4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202
NOTE： 2 02 2 02
x12
gSee “Location, Capacity and Type” on epage
g 5- x12 gx12
zen 14 for additional information on engine
z noil ca- zen
pacity and type.
NOTICE
9. Locate and remove the engine oil dipstick

(e) from the engine. Fig.5-58
9 -19 19
10.Wipe 2the0 4-1 0 4
- dipstick with a clean rag, then re- 22-d. Engine oil filler cap - 04-
2 2
202
e. Engine oil dipstick
0
2the dipstick into its tube. 20
2
insert
1 1 2 2
gx gx gx1
zen zen z e n

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

11.Remove the
0 2 2- dipstick once more and note 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
the oil level.
g x 12 g x12
en
zNOTE： zen zen
The oil level should be is within the etched
area (f) on the dipstick.
12.If the oil is not within the etched area, add Fig.5-59
engine oil and continue to check the level on
f. Etched area
the dipstick until the oil level is within the
etched area then reinstall the filler cap (d).
NOTICE
19 19 19
Do not overfill
2 - 04-the engine with oil. This 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 in engine damage.
could result
2 202 202
n gx1 g x12 g x12
z e zen zen
NOTE：
14 for details on engine oil types.
NOTICE
13.Start and run the9engine at idle speed for

4-1 five minutes, then shut 4-19 4-19
approximately-0about
022 02 2-0 02 2-0
down the2engineand wait for several minutes. 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
z14.Check eng
the oil level once more and addzoil zen
g
as needed, then reinstall the cap and close
the engine compartment access panel.
Drive Shaft
NOTE：
The drive shaft is located between the trans-
mission output and rear axle input and has
three fittings on it.
19
- other debris from around 4-19 4-19
-
1. Clean any dirt
2 04and 2-0 2-0
2
20fittings.
the grease 202 202
x12
g g x12 g x12
z2.enInject grease into grease fittings. zen zen
Fig.5-60

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2recommends the use of either NGLI #1 2 2
12 12 x12
Sany
g x g x g
zen lithium-based grease for lubricatingzen this zen
component.
Centershift Lock Bar
NOTE：
The centershift lock bar is located under the
front frame and above the circle.
1. Clean any dirt, rust and other debris from

the holes in 4 -19centershift lock bar.
the 4- 19 4- 19
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
20 grease into the holes in the center-
2. Inject
2 2 20 2
1
x lock bar.
ngshift ngx
1 g x12
ze ze zen
Fig.5-61
Steering Cylinder Ends and Tie Rods
NOTE：
Both steering cylinders have two grease fit-
9
-1rods -19 19
4
tings. Both0tie 0 4 4-
2-0
have only one grease fit-
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 02
2
ting each. 2 2
g x12 x12 x12
zen Clean eng into
the fittings, then inject grease
z zen
g
them.
Fig.5-62
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

19 19 19
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 02 02
Wheel Bearings
2 2 2
n gx1 g x12 g x12
zen zen
NOTE：
e
z
The front wheel bearings are located on the
inner side of each front wheel.
NOTE：
The grease fitting is located on the housings
of each front wheel bearing.
Clean the fittings, then inject grease into

them. Fig.5-63
- 19 4-19 4-19
-04 Bearings
Wheel Lean Bar
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x1
NOTE： 22 x12
2
x12
2
eng end of the wheel lean bar has a grease
zEach zen
g
zen
g
fitting (a).

them.
4-19 4 -19 4-19

022-0 2 2-
Fig.5-64
0
0
02 2-0
2 22 2
g x12 g x1 g x12
zen zen zen
a. Grease fittings
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-65

9
-1 Bearings 19
- 19
04Joint -a.04Grease fittings 4-
2-0
Wheel Lean
2 - 2
b. And
202 22
02 2 02
12
NOTE：
x
gEach x1
g(b). gx12
z e n joint has two grease fittings (a) z e
and n zen
them.
Wheel Lean Cylinder Bearings
NOTE： a b
The right front wheel has two grease fittings
(a and b) on the wheel lean cylinder.
0 4 -19 then inject grease into

Clean the fittings,
4- 19 4- 19
them. 2-
02 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-66
a. Grease fittings b. and
Tandem Drive Cases and Differential Oil

Levels
1. Park the machine on firm, level ground, 2 2

19 4-1
9 19
04- the engine.
then shut down
2 - 2-0
1
2-0
4-
2 202 22
02 2 02
g
2.1Locate
x the sight glass (1) on the side 1of
g x gx12
zen each of the tandem drive cases. zen zen
1
3. Check that the oil level is at the mid-point
on the sight glass.
4. If not, remove the oil filler plug (2) from the

top of the case and add oil until the oil level is Fig.5-67
correct, then reinstall the oil filler plug in the
1. Sight glass 2. Oil filler plug
top of its case.
5. Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 for the other tan-

-19
dem drive case.
4 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

6. Remove the
0 2 2- oil filler pipe adapter (3) from 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 housing.
the rear2axle 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
z7.enCheck that the oil level is no more thanze0.4n zen
in. (1 cm) below the adapter hole in the rear
axle housing, then reinstall the adapter and oil
filler pipe.
8. If the oil level is too low, add oil through the

adapter hole until the oil level is correct, then
reinstall the adapter and oil filler pipe.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-68
3. Oil filler pipe adapter
Moldboard Lift Cylinder Socket - Check/

Lubricate
NOTE：
There are two moldboard lift cylinders. Each
lift cylinder socket has its own grease fitting.
1. With the engine

0 4 -19running, rotate the mold- 0 4 -19 4-19
2 2- it at an angle of 90 degrees
board and position
0 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 then lower the moldboard to thex12 2
to the 1frame,
x x12
2
en g g g
zground. zen zen
2. Operate the moldboard lift cylinders while
observing the sockets. Adjustment is neces-
sary if a socket moves without moldboard
movement.
3. Contact your Sany dealer if adjustment is

required. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
4. Wipe
2 - debris
2any from the two moldboard 2-0 2-0
2
0
2 fittings (1), then apply grease at the
2 202 202
x12
grease
x1 x1
zengtwo fittings. eng z zen
g
NOTE：
lithium-based grease for lubricating this
component.
4- 19 19
Fig.5-69
4- 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 202
n g x12
Centershift Cylinder Sockets - Check/
n g x12 g x12
ze Lubricate ze zen
NOTE：
There are two centershift cylinder sockets,
each with its own grease fitting.
1. With the engine running, rotate the mold-

board and position it at an angle of 90 degrees
to the frame, then lower the moldboard to
theground. Fig.5-70
9 9 19
4-1 moldboard lift cylinders while
2. Operate 0the 0 4-1 4-
-
022 the sockets. Adjustment is neces- 2022
observing
-
02 2-0
2 2
n g x12 if a socket moves without moldboard
sary
n g x12 g x12
ze movement. ze zen
required. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.
4. Wipe any debris from the two moldboard

grease fittings (1), then apply grease at the
two fittings.
NOTE：
Sany recommends
- 1 9 the use of either NGLI #1 -19 19
0 4 (summer) molybdenum disulfide 0 4 4-
(winter) or-#2
0 2 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
lithium- based grease for lubricating this 2 2
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
ze n component. n
ze zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Circle Drive
0 2 - Level
2Oil 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12the engine running, position the circle
g x 12 g x12
en zen
With
e
zdrive so it is horizontal, then shut downz the
engine.
2. Wipe any debris from the sight glass (a).
3. Observe the oil level through the sight

glass. The oil level should be above the mid-
Fig.5-71
dle position.
1. Sight glass
9 remove the filler plug

4. If the oil level is low,
- 1 19 19
4 the circle drive housing.
-0of 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
(b) from the top
2 022 20b2 202
5. Add1oil2 through the filler hole until the oil lev- 12
x12
gx ngx g
zelenis at the mid-point of the sight glass,thenzere- zen
install the filler plug.
Fig.5-72
b. Filler plug
9 19 19
4-1Socket - Check/Lubricate
Drawbar Ball and 4- 4-
22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
Check 2 20 2 2
n gx1 ngx12 g x12
e
z1. With the ze
engine running, rotate the mold- zen
board and position it at an angle of 90 degrees
to the frame, then lower the moldboard to the
ground.
2. While maintaining a light load between the Fig.5-73

ball and the socket, inch the machine slowly
to the rear, then stop the machine and shut
down the engine.
3. On the drawbar19
0 4 - ball and socket, measure 0 4 -19 4-19
0 2 -
the end play 2between the ball (1) and cap (2).
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
The cap
g x 12 fastens the drawbar ball and socketgx12 g x12
toenthe adapter. en
z z zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 play should be +0.02/-0.01 in. (+0.6
The2 end 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
/-0.2 mm).

required. Otherwise, proceed to Lubrication.
Lubricate
Wipe any debris from the grease fitting, then

inject grease through the fitting.
NOTE：
4 19
-(summer) 4 -19 4- 19
(winter) or #2
2- 0 molybdenum disulfide
2- 0 2-0
2 0 2 0 2 02
22 2
lithium-based grease for lubricating this
x12
gcomponent. gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-74
Moldboard Sideshift Cylinder
1. Park the machine on a level surface, en-

gage the parking brake, lower the moldboard
and attachments to the ground, then shut
19
down the engine.
4- 4- 19 4- 19
2-0
02 then clean all grease fittings.
2. Locate 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 ng x12 g x12
zen 3. Remove the dust covers and injectzegrease zen
into the fittings.
Fig.5-75
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

0 2-
Moldboard2Sideshift Cylinder
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12the machine on a level ng x12 gx12
zen
Park surface, en-
e
zgage ze
the parking brake.
2. Slide the moldboard to the right approxi-

mately 20 in. (500 mm), lower the moldboard
down the engine.
3. Locate the grease fitting.
4. Remove the dust cover from grease fitting,

clean any debris from
- 1 9 the fitting, then inject 19 19
4
grease into the-0fitting. 4- 4-
022 02 2-0 02 2-0
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Fig.5-76
NOTE：
There are 12 swing support grease fittings, b f b f
including those on the opposite sides from
items a, c, e and g.
a
1. Park the machine on a level surface, en- e
gage the parking brake, lower the moldboard g
c
down the engine. -19 19 19
4 4- 4-
2-0
02 clean all grease fittings. 02 2-0 2-0
2. Locate2then 2 202
x12
g g x12 d
g
2
x1 h
z3.enRemove the dust covers and inject grease
zen Fig.5-77
zen
into the fittings.
Circle Bearing Teeth
NOTE：
There are two circle bearing grease fittings.
1. Park the machine on a level surface, en-

gage the parking brake, then shut down the
engine. 9 1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0
02 clean both grease fittings.
2. Locate then 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g x12 x12
3.en
Remove
zthrough
the dust eng
cover and inject grease
z Fig.5-78 zen
g
the fittings.

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
Air Filter
0 2 2-System 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x 22
1Locate x 12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
1. the air intake (a) behind the cab.
2. Clean all trash and debris away from the air

intake.
Fig.5-79
a. Air intake
3. Check the air9filter system (b) located below
-1 4- 19 4- 19
-04
the air intake.
2-0 2-0
2 022 202 b 2 02
2 2 x12
gx1 gx1
4. Ensure that the pipeline (c) is secure and is
n n g
z e not leaking. Replace it if it is leaking. z e c zen
5. Ensure that the clamps (d) at both ends of
the pipeline are tight. Tighten any loose d
clamps.
6. Squeeze the dust evacuator (e) mounted e

on the end cap of the air filter system to re-
lease any dust or debris.
Fig.5-80
7. Check the condition of the dust evacuator
9 19filter system 19
4-1 if required.
b. Air d. Clamps
(e) and replace 4- 04-
02 2-0 02 2-c.0 Pipeline 2 -
202
e. Dust evacuator
2 2
gx 12
NOTE：
x12 gx1
2
eng
zen If the dust evacuator is cracked, torn,zremains z e n
open or is missing, dust particles that are nor-
mally expelled can deposit themselves onto
the filter and will shorten air filter service life.
Hydraulic Hoses
Check all hoses for leaks and replace dam-

aged or leaking hoses immediately. Damaged
or otherwise faulty hydraulic lines and fittings
9
must be replaced.
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0
Ensure 2that there is sufficient distance be- 2 2-0 02 2-0
2 20all lines and hoses and any nearby 2 20 2
gx 1
tween 1
ngxex- gx12
zen high-temperature engine componentsze(for zen
Fig.5-81
ample, the exhaust system).

4- 19 4-19 4-19
NOTE：
0 2 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 Systems” on page 2-20.
See “Fluid
x12
2
x12
2
n gx1 g g
e
zExamine hoses for the following: zen zen
• Hose fittings that are cracked or become
loose.
• Damage, cuts or abrasions in the external
rubber layer.
• Hardening, chapping or burning of hose.
• Cracks, damage or serious corrosion on the
couplings.
• Leaks at the hose fittings.
9 19 19
• 4-1flat or distorted hoses.
Twisted, broken, 4- 4-
• Blisters 0or 2-0
2 softness in the external hose 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x
layer.12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTE：
If any damage is found, contact your Sany
dealer.
Batteries
CAUTION
Before proceeding with any battery
maintenance procedure, follow and
9
remember these-1points: 19 19
• Battery 2 - 04 are explosive. Never 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2 gases
20around 202 202
2 2 x12
gx1 gx1
smoke batteries or expose them
n n g
z e to sparks or open flames. z e zen
• Wear personal protective equipment
when working with batteries.
• Work in a well-ventilated area.
• If battery acid contacts your skin or
your eyes, flush the area immediately
with fresh water and seek medical
attention.
Failure to observe and follow this caution
-19 or moderate injury.
could result in minor
4 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
1. Locate2-the batteries (a) at the right rear of
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
the2engine 2 2
g x 1 compartment.
g x 12 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
a
Allow several minutes for any accumulated a
battery gases to clear before servicing the
batteries. See “Electrical System” on page 2-
22
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
a. Batteries
2. Check the top surfaces and all the battery
connections (b) for signs of corrosion or dirt
build-up. Use a clean rag to wipe any debris b
from the batteries.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-83
b. Battery connections
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

NOTE：
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 is found (and with the battery dis-gx12
If corrosion
g x12
en
zconnect zn
switch (c) set to OFF), disconnectethe
zen
black ground (-) battery cables first, then dis- c
connect the red positive (+) cables after-
wards. Flush the area with a mix of baking
soda and warm water, dry it completely, then
reattach the battery cables.
3. Remove any trash, tools, parts or debris

from the battery compartment.
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
c. Battery disconnect switch
Replacement (If Required)
1. Remove the nuts from the retaining bolts

and lift the battery hold-down bracket (a) off of a
the batteries.
2. Disconnect the black

- 1 9 ground (-) battery ca- 19 19
04 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
blesfirst, then -disconnect the red positive (+)
2 2 02 02
20
cables afterwards. 2 2
x12
g gx12 g x12
z3.enRemove the failed battery (or batteries).zen zen
4. Install the new battery (or batteries).
5. Connect the red positive (+) cables first.

Connect the black ground (-) cables last.
NOTE：
The two 12-volt batteries are attached in ser-
ies. Be sure they are installed in the same Fig.5-85
manner.
4-19 19hold-down bracket
a. Battery
4- 4-19
NOTE：
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 Torque Values” on page 5-11. 2 2
12
See “Specific
gx g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
6. Reinstall
0 2 2- the battery hold-down bracket (a) 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12 the batteries and secure it in placegxwith
over
x 12 g x12
zen the nuts removed in step 1. zen zen

5.6 250-Hour Maintenance

5.6.1 Introduction
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 02 02
NOTICE 2 2
1 2
xFailureto perform the x
following12 x12
g g g
zen procedures when and how directed
zen can zen
cause damage to the machine and cause

Maintenance

chine and complete it at the close of all main-
9
tenance procedures.
-1 -19 DA 19
0 4 0 4 NGE 4-
2- understand all of the tasks listed 022-
2. Read2and
0 R 02 2-0
2 2 section 2 D 2
g
in1this
x g x 12 OP O NO g x12
zen 3. Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure
zenin the ER T
AT zen
E
NOTE：
20 for details.
NOTE：
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
4. With 2 - machine
2the secured, check the 2-0
02 Fig.5-86 02 2-0
20 2 2
12
following:
gx g x12 g x12
zen • Air Conditioner Compressor Belt zen zen
• Supplemental Coolant Additive (SCA) Lev-
els (if used)

9
-1 Steps 9 19
• Grab Handles 0 4and 0 4-1 4-
2 -
02Fins 022
-
02 2-0
• Radiator
2 2 2 2
gx1
•enTransmission n g x12 gx12
zen
Oil and Transmission Filter
z Screens (Initial)
ze
• Tandem Drive Cases and Differential Case
Oils (Initial)
• Cab Door, Access Panels and Locks
• Windshield Washer and Windshield Wiper
• Engine Oil and Filter
Air Conditioner Compressor Belt
Inspection
4- 19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
1. Locate the air conditioner compressor belt
2 2 2
x1 behind the radiator.
(a) directly
g x1 g gx12
zen zen zen
CAUTION
Ensure that the engine is off and that all
rotating a parts inside the engine a
compartment have stopped moving.
Failure to do so could result in minor or
moderate injury.
2. Examine the belt for cracks and other signs

of damage.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-87
a. Air conditioner compressor belt
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 -
3. Press 2down on the belt halfway between
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
the2 compressor 2 2
g x 1 pulley and the drive pulley
g x 12 g x12
zen and measure the belt deflection. zen zen
NOTE：
The belt should deflect 0.40 - 0.60 in. (10 - 15
mm) when pressed with a force of 11.2 lb
(50N).

required.
4- 19 19
Fig.5-88
4- 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 202
n g x12
Supplemental
n g x12
Coolant Additive (SCA) Lev-
g x12
ze els (if used) ze zen
heck the SCA fluid.
NOTE：
See “Engine Coolant” on page 5-20 for addi-
tional information.
Grab Handles and Steps
1. Check the mounting bolts on the grab

handles. -19 19 19
4 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 any missing or damaged mounting
2. Replace
2 2 202 202
gx1 bolts and tighten any loose bolts. gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
3. Remove any tools, greases or debris from
the steps. Never allow loose items to re-
main on the machine.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
Radiator Fins
0 2 2- 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12high-pressure x12 x12
eng g
1. n
zen
Use water to clean foreign
ze z
substances from between the radiator core
and radiator fins that could not be removed
easily during the daily inspection with com-
pressed air.
NOTE：
During the cleaning process, do not spray
water directly onto the alternator, cables and
other electrical components. After cleaning,
start the engine19 after the moisture is Fig.5-89-19 19
- 4-
evaporated. 2-04 2-0
4
2-0
2 02 202 202
g x12 NOTICE g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
To avoid damage to the radiator fins, the
water pressure should not exceed 39 psi
(0.27 MPa) and the distance between the
end of the water hose nozzle and the
radiator fins should be not less than 4 in.
(100 mm).
NOTICE
When cleaning the
- 1 9 radiator core with -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
deform 2or
2-
high-pressure water,
02otherwise
be careful not to
0 2 2- 02 2-0
22 2
damage the radiator
x 2
1Damaged radiator fins may requiregx1 x12
g
fins.
en or even replacement of the entire g
zrepair zen zen
radiator.
2. Afterwards, start the engine, run it at idle

speed and carefully check the air flow with
your hand on the air outlet of the radiator.
Contact your Sany dealer if no air flow can be
felt.
- 1 9CAUTION -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
- 2- 2-0
Be very careful to keep your hands and
0 2 2clothing 0 2 02
any loose 2 away from moving 2 2
g x
engine 12 parts when performing this step.gx12 g x12
en
zFailure to observe and follow this caution zen zen
could result in serious injury.

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
2 2-
Transmission
0 Oil and Transmission Filter
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
n g x12
Screens (Initial)
g x12 g x12
ze
Drain zen zen
NOTE：
Perform this procedure every 1,000 service
hours after this first-time transmission fluid
change or at least once each year, whichever
occurs first.
1. Park the machine on a solid, level surface,

then engage the parking brake and lower all
-19attachments to the ground.
moldboards 4and 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 slight downward pressure to the 2 2
g x 12
2. Apply
g x 12 g x12
zen moldboard, then shut down theengine.en z zen
3. Clean the area around the transmission
case oil filler hole and the drain plug.
Fig.5-90
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4. Place an 2-appropriately sized container
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 transmission drain plug (a).
under the
g x 12 g x12
en
zNOTE： zen zen
14 for capacity.
5. Remove the transmission drain plug and al-

low the oil to empty into the catch container.
6. Clean the drain plug, install a new sealing-

washer on the drain plug, then install the plug
back into the bottom of the transmission case.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
19 -19 19
Fig.5-91
2 - 04- - 0 4
a.22Transmission 2-0
4-
202 02
drain plug
2 0 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4-19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
7. Place 2-an appropriately sized container
0 2 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the transmission auxiliary tank gdrain
under
x 12 g x12
zen plug (b). zen zen
NOTE：
14 for capacity.
8. Remove the transmission auxiliary tank

drain plug and allow the oil to empty into the
catch container.
9. Clean the drain plug , install a new sealing

9 plug, then install the plug
-1drain -19 19
washer on the
0 4 0 4 4-
back into
0 2 - bottom of the transmission auxil- 22-b
2the 022-0
2 2 2 20 2
g x 1
iary tank.
g x 1 g x12
zen Transmission Filter Screens zen zen
1) Place an appropriately sized container Fig.5-92

under the upper transmission case filter b. Transmission auxiliary tank drain plug
housing.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

2) Remove the
0 2 2- three bolts (1), then the cover 0 2 2- 022-0
2 (3) and magnetic screen filter (4) 2 2 2
12 x12
(2), O-ring
n g x n gx1 g
zen
from the upper filter housing. Allow any re-
e
z sidual transmission fluid to drain intoz the e
catch container.
4
3
2
1
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 2-0
2 2 202
g x12 g x12 8 7 6 5 x12
g
zen zen zen
Fig.5-93
1. Three bolts 5. Three bolts

2. Cover 6. Cover
3. O-ring 7. O-ring
4. And magnetic 8. And magnetic
screen filter screen filter
19 19 19
04- the screen filter, magnet
3) Thoroughly clean
2 - 2 - 04- 2-0
4-
202 with mineral spirits, then dry 2 202
and cover
2 2 02
gx1 using compressed air.
them gx1 gx12
zen zen zen
4) Install the magnetic screen filter (4) back in-
to its housing.
5) Install a new O-ring(3) in the cover (2), then

secureit in place with the bolts (1) removed
in step 4.
6) Place an appropriately sized container

under the lower transmission case filter
housing. -194 4-19 4-19
22-0 22-0 022-0
2 20 the three bolts (5), then the cover 2 20 2
x12
7) Remove
1
gx O-ring (7) and magnetic screen filtere(8) gx1 g
z e n
(6),
z n zen
from the lower filter housing. Allow any

9 19 19
4-1
residual 0transmission 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
fluid to drain into the
2 -
02container.
catch
2 2 02 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 8) Thoroughly n
clean the screen filter,zemagnet zen
and cover with solvent, then dry them using
compressed air.
9) Install the magnetic screen filter (8) back in-

to its housing.
10)Install a new O-ring (7) in the cover (6),

then secure it in place with the bolts (5) re-
moved in step 9.
Refill-04
-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2 022-0 02 2-0
x 22
1Pour the correct amount of new, cleanx 12
2
x12
2
g1) g g
zen transmission oil into the transmission
zenauxili- zen
ary tank filler tube.
NOTE：
14 for capacity and “Transmission Oil/Ambient
Temperature Data” on page 5-19 for type.
NOTICE
Do not overfill.
- 1 9 Failure to observe and -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
follow this
0 2 2- could result in machine
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
damage or improper machine operation. 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
2) Start and run the machine at low idle.
Check the transmission case and transmis-
sion auxiliary tank drain plugs for leaks.
3) Use the inching pedal and slowly operate

machine in all gears to circulate the trans-
mission oil.
4) With the engine running at low idle, the

transmission19set to neutral and the trans-
0 4 - 0 4 -19 4- 19
mission
0 2 2- oil temperature at 50° C, remov- 022- 02 2-0
x 2 2 transmission oil dipstick and wipe
1ethe x 12it
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
clean with a clean cloth, then fully reinsert it
into it its tube.

9 9 19
4-1 once more and note if
5) Remove the 0dipstick 0 4-1 4-
the level
-
022is between the MIN and MAX 2022
-
02 2-0
2 2 2 2
gx1 on the dipstick.
marks gx1 g x12
z6)enIf necessary, add the appropriate amount
zenof zen
transmission oil through the transmission
tank filler tube until the transmission oil level
is between the L and H marks on the L H
dipstick.
Fig.5-94
9
7) Shut down the engine.
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 Cases and Differential Case 2 202
Tandem Drive
2 202
1
Oils x(Initial)
g x1 g g x12
zen zen zen
CAUTION
These components will be hot while
performing this procedure. Wear
protective clothing and use extreme
caution when performing this procedure.
Failure to do so could result in minor or
moderate injury.
-19 19 19
NOTE：
0 4 4- 4-
0 2 2-
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 x12 x12
NOTE：
en
zPerform z e ng zen
g
this procedure every 2,000 service
hours after this fluid change or at least once
each year, whichever occurs first.
Tandem Drive Cases
4-19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
1) Park the
0 2 2- machine on firm, level ground,
022-0 02 2-0
2 2 shut down the engine.
then
x12
2 2
x12 1
gx1
1
g g
zen zen zen 3
3
2 2
Fig.5-95
1. Plug from the oil 3. Sight glass

19 19 19
2- 04- 04-
filler
2- 2-0
4-
202 0 2
2 2. Drain plug 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen 2) Clean then remove the plug from the
zenoil fill- zen
er (1) at the top of either tandem drive case
3) Place an appropriately sized container

under the drain plug (2).
NOTE：
14 for capacity and “Hydraulic Oil/Ambient
9 on page 5-18 for type.
Temperature Data”
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 then remove the drain plug (2) and
4) Clean
2 2 202 202
n gx1allow the tandem drive case to completely
n gx1 g x12
z e drain of all oil. z e zen
NOTICE
Dispose of drained oil properly. Failure to
do so could result in damage to the
environment.
5) Reinstall the drain plug (2).
6) Add clean fresh

- 1 9 oil through the filler (1) at -19 19
the top -of04the tandemdrive case until the oil 0 4 4-
0 2 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
x 22
level
1(3)
is at the mid-point on the sight glass
x 12
2
x12
2
n g n g g
zen
on the side of the drive case.
ze ze

4- 19 4- 19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 02 02
NOTE：
2 2
12 is approximately 19 gal. (72 L).
he quantity
gx g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
7) Reinstall the oil filler plug in the top of its
case.
8) Repeat steps 2 through 7 for the other tan-

dem drive case.
Differential Case
1) Ensure that the machine still parked on firm,
level ground and the engine is off.
4- 19 4- 19 1
4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-96
1. Plug 2. Drain plug
9 19 19
0 4-1 the plug (1) from the top 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
2) Clean then remove
2 -
202
of the differential case. 202 202
x12
g g x12 g x12
z3)enPlace zen
an appropriately sized container zen
under the drain plug (2).
NOTE：
14 for capacity and “Transmission Oil/Ambient
4) Clean then remove the drain plug (2) and

allow the differential case to completely
drain of all oil. -19 19 19
4 4- 4-
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 NOTICE 2 2
x12
g Dispose of drained oil properly. Failure x12 x12
zen z eng to zen
g
do so could result in damage to the
environment.
5) Reinstall the drain plug (2), then reinstall

the plug (1) to its hole at the top of the differ-
ential case.
6) Remove the plug (3) from the filler hole at

the rear of the differential case.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 022-0 302 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-97
19 9
3. Plug
1 19
04-
2- 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
0 2
2 clean fresh oil through the oil filler hole 202 202
2
7) Add 2 x12
n gx1at the rear of the differential case, then n x1
grein- g
z e
stall the plug (3).
z e zen
NOTE：
The quantity is approximately 11.6 gal. (44 L).
Cab Door, Access Panels and Locks
1. Inspect the cab door access panels and

locks to be sure they close and lock
properly.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2. Repair -or replace any damaged doors, ac-
0 2 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 panels or locks immediately. 2 2
12 12 x12
cess
g x g x g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

Windshield22
0
-
Washer and Windshield Wiper
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
1. n g x12 check the washer fluid level insideg x 12 g x12
zen zen
Visually
e
zthe reservoir (a) located beneath the storage
a
tray to the left of the operator’s seat.
2. If the fluid level is low, remove the cap and

add windshield washer fluid.
4-19 Fig.5-98-19
4 4-19
022-0 2-0
0a.2 Reservoir 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g g x12 g x12
z3.enCheck zen
the operation of the windshield
zen
washer nozzle (b) and front and rear wipers b
(c) to ensure there is no smearing across the c
windshield during operation. Replace the
wiper blade with a new one if smearing does
occur.
NOTE：
The front windshield wiper is shown here.
4. If necessary, adjust
- 1 9 the spray nozzle (b) to 19 19
ensure that -0 4 fluid spray is properly 4- 4-
2-0 2-0
the
2 2 02 02
directed. 20 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
b. Spray nozzle c. Rear wipers

4-19 4- 19 4-19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

1 9 19 19
04- Maintenance
5.7 500-Hour
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
gx 12 Introduction
5.7.1
g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTICE
Failure to perform the following
procedures when and how directed can
cause damage to the machine and cause

Maintenance
9 9 19
1. Obtain the
0 4-1Maintenance Log for this ma- 0 4-1 4-
chine 0
-
22 complete it at the close of all main- 2022
and
-
02 2-0
2 2
g x12 procedures.
tenance x12
g g x12
zen zen zen
in this section.
3. Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure in the DA

NG
Safety section of this manual ER
DO
NOTE： OP NO
ER T
See “Lockout/Tagout Procedures” on page 2- AT
20 for details.
E
NOTE： 4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2
Allow 0the systems time to cool down before 02 02
2 2 2
g x1
proceeding with any maintenance. x12 x12
zen 4. With z eng zen
g
the machine secured, check the
following:
• Air Filters
• Primary Fuel Filter
• Dual Fuel Filter Assembly Fig.5-100
• Fuel Tank Strainer
• Radiator, Oil Cooler, and A/C Condenser
Fins
• 9
Hydraulic Pumps
19 19
0 4-1 4- 4-
• -
Seat Belt
022 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 Oil and Filter
gEngine g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4-19
NOTE：
22-0 2 2-0 02 2-0
2 20 the Machine for Maintenance” 2 20 2
x12
See “Secure
1
x 5-52 for instructions on performing gx1
onngpage n g
e
zthis procedure. z e zen
Air Filters
NOTE：
Depending on the work environment and the
degree of contamination, the filter may need
to be replaced more frequently than every 500
hours.
19
1. Open the front4-access panel (a) on the left 4-19 4-19
- 0 2-0 2-0
2022
side of the machine to access the air filter.
202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-101
a. Front access panel
19 housing end cover (b).

2. Remove the air-filter
4 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 b g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-102
b. Air filter housing end cover
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
3. Pull the
0 2 2- air filter element (c) out from the
022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12
housing.
x gx12
c
g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-103
19 c. Air9filter element
1 19
4. Pull the 04-
2- secondary air filter (d) from the 02 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
0 2 02
22
housing. 22 d
x12
2
n gx1 n gx1 g
e
z 5. Replace the secondary filter e
withz a new zen
one, then install a new primary air filter.
6. Reattach the air filter housing end cover (b).
Fig.5-104
d. Secondary air filter

9 19 19
4-1 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 Fuel Filter
Primary 2 02 202
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
See “Electrical System” on page 2-22 before
performing this procedure.
DANGER
serious injury.
-19 -19 4- 19
1. Shut down
2 2 -04 the engine and set the battery 22-04 2-0
20 switch inside the left engine com-
disconnect 20 202
x 1 2 1 2 x12
zengpartment to the OFF position. ngx ze zen
g

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

2. Locate the2-primary fuel filter (a) inside the
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
engine 2compartment. 2 2
g x 1 g x 12 g x12
d
z3.enPlace an appropriately sized containerzebe-n zen
neath the drain valve (b) at the bottom of the
primary fuel filter.
a
NOTE：
If a hose is connected to the drain valve, place
the catch container beneath the end of the
hose.
4. Open the drain valve (b) to allow all water

9 19 19
4-1 fuel to drain.
and/or contaminated
04- 4-
02 2-0 c2 - 2-0
2 202 202
x12 NOTICE x12 x12
eng
zDispose of the contaminated zfuel en g
b zen
g
properly. Failure to do so could result in
damage to the environment.
5. Close the drain valve (b) when the flow into

the catch container is free of water and
Fig.5-105
contamination.
a. Primary fuel filter c. Water separator
6. Disconnect the water-in-fuel sensor
bowl
harness.
19
4- (c) from the bottom of the 4-
9
b. Drain valve
1 d. From its mounting
4-19
7. Remove the-0bowl
2 2-0 plate
2-0
202filter.
primary fuel 2 02 202
x12
g g x12 g x12
z8.enUnscrew and remove the primary fuel filter/
zen zen
water separator (a) from its mounting plate
(d).
9. Clean the bottom of the filter mounting plate

(d).
10.Lubricate the water separator bowl (c) and

clean the O-ring groove with clean diesel fuel.
11.Place a new O-ring in the groove on the

-19 (c), then install the bowl
water separator 4bowl
0 4-19 4-19
2- by hand.
onto a new 2filter
0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
12.Apply
ztop
clean diesel fuel to the seal at the ng
ze zen
g
of the new filter(a).

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
13.Thread
0 2 2- the new filter onto its mounting 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g 12 (d) until the seal of the filter contactsgxthe
plate
x 12 g x12
zen filter mounting base. zen zen
NOTE：
Note the position of the index marks on the fil-
ter (a) in relation to a fixed point on the filter
mounting plate (d).
14.Tighten the filter according to the instruc-

tions printed on thefilter.
15.Reconnect the water-in-fuel sensor

harness. 4-19 4-19 4- 19
2 2-0 2 2-e0 02 2-0
20 the priming bulb (e) at the top of the2 20
16.Press
2 2
n
1
x filter assembly about 10 times or until
gfuel n
1
gxthe g x12
e
z bulb becomes noticeably harder to press. z e zen
NOTE：
This action pulls fuel from the fuel tank.
17.Set the battery disconnect switch inside

the left engine compartment to the ON
position
18.Turn on the ignition key switch inside the

operator cab -to19the ON position to operate the -19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
0 2 2- pump for 30 seconds, then turn 022-
fuel delivery
02 2-0
2
the2ignition key switch to the OFF position. 2 2 2
g x1 g x1 g x12
zen NOTE： zen zen
Do not start the engine.
19.Repeat step 18 approximately 3 or 4 more

Fig.5-106
times.
e. Priming bulb
Dual Fuel Filter Assembly
NOTE：
19 19 19
- 04- System” on page 2-22 before 2-04-
See “Electrical
2 2-0
4-
202 this procedure.
performing 202 202
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4- 19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 DANGER
2 202 202
gx1 maintain the fuel system near ean
Never
n n gx1 g x12
e
zopen flame or while smoking. Failurez to zen
serious injury.
1. Shut down the engine and set the battery

disconnect switch inside the left engine com-
partment to the OFF position.
2. Locate the dual fuel filter assembly (a) in-

side the engine compartment. b
9 19 19
4-1
3. Disconnect2-0 the water-in-fuel sensor 04- 4-
2 - 2-0
2 202 2 202 202
x12
harness.
n gx1 n gx1 a g
e e
z4. Place an appropriately sized containerz be- zen
neath the filter assembly.
5. Unscrew and remove each of the two fuel

filters from their mounting plate (b).
NOTICE
Fig.5-107
Dispose of the contaminated fuel filters
properly. Failure to do so could result in a. Dual fuel filter b. Plate
damage to the environment. assembly9
4- 19 4-1 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202bottom of the filter mounting plate 2 202
6. Clean the
2 202
(b). x1
g x1 g g x12
zen zen zen
7. Apply clean diesel fuel to the seal at the top
of the new filters.
8. Thread the new filters onto their mounting

plate (b) until the seal of the filter contacts the
filter mounting base.
9. Tighten the new filters by one-haft turn until

the seal of the filter contacts the base
properly.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
10.Reconnect
0 2 2-the water-in-fuel sensor 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
harness.
g x 12 g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - priming bulb (c) at the top of the 22-
11.Press2the
02 2-0
2 2 fuel filter about 10 times or until the 2 20 2
x12
primary
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen bulb becomes noticeably harder to press.
zen c
zen
NOTE：
This action pulls fuel from the fuel tank.
12.Turn on the ignition key switch inside the

operator cab to the ON position to operate the
fuel delivery pump for 30 seconds, then turn
the ignition key switch to the OFF position.
NOTE：
9
-1 engine. 19 19
Do not start 4the 4- 4-
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 step 11 approximately 3 or 4 more2 2 2
g x 12
13.Repeat
x1 x12
zen times. eng z zen
g
14.Start the engine and allow it to run at idle
speed.
15.Check for leaks in the fuel system.
16.Shut down the engine. Fig.5-108
c. Priming bulb
19
Fuel Tank Strainer
4- 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 DANGER 2 2
x12
g Never x12 x12
zen eng an
maintain the fuel system near
z zen
g
serious injury.
4-19 4-19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

0 2 2-
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 debris from around the fuel cap atgx12 a
and other
g x12
en top rear of the machine, then removezethe
zthe n zen
lockable cap (a).
NOTICE
Contaminants in the fuel system can
eventually clog the fuel-water separator
and could even cause fuel starvation to
the engine and reduced performance and
operation.
4-19 Fig.5-10919
4- 4-19
02 2-0 2-0
0a.2 Lockable cap 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g the fuel tank strainer element (b) eout
g x12 g x12
zen zn zen
2. Lift
from the fuel filler neck. a
3. Clean and inspect the fuel tank strainer.
NOTE： b
Replace a damaged or missing fuel strainer
with a new one.
4. Install the new (or cleaned) fuel tank

strainer (b).
-19
4 the fuel tank cap. 4-19 4-19
-0lock
5. Reinstall and
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
a. Lockable cap b. Strainer element
Radiator, Oil Cooler, and A/C Condenser

Fins
1. Open the left rear access panel.
2. Open the engine cover.
3. Remove the wing

0 4 -19nuts securing the protec- 4-19 4-19
tion screen
0 2 2- mounted in front of the engine 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 radiator.
coolant
gx x12 x12
z4.enPull z e ng zen
g
the protection screen away from the
coolers.

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
5. Clean2-the protection screen using com- 2-0 2-0
2 202 air. 202 202
x12 x12
pressed
x1
zeng ng
ze and
6. Clean the radiator, hydraulic oil cooler zen
g
A/C condenser fins using compressed air.
NOTICE
Use low pressure compressed air and
point the nozzle away from the radiator
fins to avoid damaging the fins or causing
other engine damage.
9
7. Remove the1covers below the coolers. 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 out any debris that has accumulated
8. Clean
2 2 202 202
gx1 during operations and cleaning. gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
9. Reinstall the covers.
10. Reinstall the protection screen.
11. Close the engine cover.
Hydraulic Pumps
CAUTION
Hydraulic oil is hot and under high
pressure. Always
0 4 -19 wait for the machine to 0 4 -19 4- 19
cool down
0 2 2- to below 160° F (71° C) before 022- 02 2-0
2 22 2
g x 12
attempting to open the hydraulic 1
g x
oil
g x12
zen system. en in
Failure to do so could result
z zen
NOTE：
1. Locate the hydraulic pump behind the right

rear access panel.
2. Locate the brake and steering pump on the

left side.
19 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0
02the engine
3. Start 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g4. Check for leaks, function and noise. eng x12 g x12
zen z zen
5. Shut down the engine.

4-19 4-19 4-19

NOTE：
22-0 22-0 02 2-0
20 Sany dealer if any abnormality is 2 20
Contact2your 2
ngx
1
ngx
1 g x12
zen
found.
ze ze
6. Close the access panel.
Seat Belt
Ensure that the seat belt is not damaged (cut,

frayed, etc.) and is in proper working condi-
tion, especially if it has been subjected to se-
vere stress.
-19 19 19
NOTE：
04 dealer for replacement if 4- 4-
Contact your -Sany
2 2 02 2-0 02 2-0
needed. 20 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng
z5.7.3 zen
g
zen
g
Maintenance Log

5.8 1,000-Hour Maintenance

5.8.1 Introduction
0 4 -19
NOTICE
0 4 -19 4-19
Failure 2
0 to2- perform the following
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 when and how directed can 2 2 2
12
procedures
g x gx1 g x12
z e n
cause damage to the machine and e
cause
z n zen

Maintenance

tenance procedures.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2. Read and
0 2 2- understand all of the tasks listed 022- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 section.
in this
g x 12 g x12
zen 3. Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure zenin the DA zen
NG
E R
DO
NOTE： OP NO
See “Lockout/Tagout Procedures” on page 2- ER T
AT
20 for details. E
NOTE：
0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
4. With
02
- machine
2the secured, check the
02 2-0 022-0
22
following:
x12
2
x12
2
n g•x1Hydraulic Filter g g
z e zen zen
• Muffler and Exhaust System.
• Fuel Lines
• Accumulator Fig.5-111
• Transmission Oil and Transmission Filter
Screens
Hydraulic Filter
CAUTION
Hydraulic0oil 4 -19is hot and under pressure. 0 4 -19 4- 19
0 2 - for the machine to cool down 22-
2wait 022-0
Always
2 2 2 20 2
gx
to1 below 160° F (71° C) before
ngx
1
attempting
g x12
zen to open the hydraulic oil system.zeFailure zen
to do so could result in minor or moderate
injury.
NOTE：
NOTE：
Perform this procedure every 1,000 service
hours after this9 first-time replacement or at
4-1 year, whichever occurs first. 4-19 4- 19
least once-0
2-0 2-0
each
022 02 02
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

0 2 -
1. Lower the2moldboard and all attachments
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12
to the ground.
g x12 g x12
z2.enShut down the engine. zen zen
3. Locate the hydraulic filters.
NOTE：
Fig.5-112
The hydraulic oil filters are at the bottom of
the cab and the right side of the rear frame.
4. Unscrew the filter housing (a) from the first

hydraulic filter assembly, then remove the fil-
ter element from the9filter housing.
4-1 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 2 202 02
5. Inspect 0the filter element surface for visible
2 2 2
x1or damage.
debris
g g x1 g x12
zen zen zen
NOTICE
Debris or damage to the filter indicates
potential faults with hydraulic system
components. Repair the faults and repair
or replace defective components. Failure
to do so may result in faulty operation or
equipment damage.
6. Clean the filter housing and its threads.

4-19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 202
g x12 g
2
x1 a g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0
Fig.5-113 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen a. Filter housing
zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
7. Install 2a-new filter element (b) and new seal
0 2 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 then install the filter housing.
rings,
g x 12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4 -19 4- 19
02 2-0 02
- 0
2Fig.5-114 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 a. Filter housing x12
b. Filterg element
zen zen zen
Muffler and Exhaust System.

4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
CAUTION
2 2 2
gx1 that the engine is off and that ethe
Ensure
n n gx1 g x12
z e
exhaust components have cooled z
down zen
to a point where they can be touched
without burning. Failure to avoid this
1. Open the engine compartment to gain ac-

cess to the muffler and its connections.
2. Check the muffler (a), exhaust pipe (b) and

expansion pipe (c) for leaks and other signs of
9 b
damage.
1 19 19
04-
2-exhaust pipe (b) is clear and is 2- 04- 2-0
4-
2 2
3. Be sure0the
2 0 2 2 02
x12 x12 x12
not restricted. a
g eng g
z4.enCheck the connection to the expansionzpipe zen
(c) for leaks or signs of damage.
NOTE：
If any abnormality is found, contact your Sany
dealer for repairs.
WARNING
Never operate a machine with a defective c
exhaust system.19 Exhaust leaks or a 19 19
- 04-
restricted or damaged
2 exhaust system could
2-0
4-
2-0
4-
02 or serious injury.
result in 2death 202 2 02
g x12 g
2
x1 Fig.5-115 g x12
zen zen zen
a. Muffler c. And expansion
pipe
b. Exhaust pipe
4-19 4-19 4-19

022-0 02 2-0 022-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
5. Check2the
0 2 - four bolts (d) and nuts that se- 22-
02 2-0
2 2the intake pipe to the muffler and the 2 20 2
x12
cure
gx 1 gx 1 g
zen clamp (e) that secures the pipe to the
zenturbo- zen
charger for tightness.
NOTE：
Tighten as required. Replace damaged or
missing bolts or clamps.
NOTE：
d
See “General Torque Values” on page 5-11.
4-19 e4-
19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 Fig.5-116 g x12
zen zen zen
d. Four bolts e. Clamp
Fuel Lines
Inspect all steel, plastic and rubber fuel lines

including those on the engine.
CAUTION
Failure to perform this procedure as
directed could
0 4 -19 result in a fire during 0 4 -19 4- 19
2
operation
0 2- which could result in minor or 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx 12
moderate injury. 12
gx g x12
zen zen zen
NOTE：
See “Fluid Systems” on page 2-20 See “Fluid
Systems” on page 2-20.
NOTE：
Replace any fuel lines which show signs of
deterioration, wear, damage or leaks. Contact
your Sany dealer for repairs on the fuel
system. 9
4-1 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0
Accumulator 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
WARNING
2 2 2
Coldx1ambient temperatures could result in x1 x12
eng loss of secondary braking function
zthe zen
g
zen
g
due to an inadequate hydraulic
accumulator nitrogen pre-charge. The
loss of the secondary braking system as
well as the main hydraulic pressure will
result in little or no braking function and a
potential for death or injury.
CAUTION
Hydraulic oil is hot19and under high pressure.
0 4 - machine to cool down to 0 4 -19 4-19
Always wait for
0 2 2- the
0 2 2- 02 2-0
below 160°2 F (71° C) before proceeding. 2 2
g x
Failure12 to do so could result in minor orgx12 g x12
en
zmoderate injury. zen zen
NOTICE
Sany recommends that th accumulators
(1) be checked anytime the machine has
been idle for longer than two hours with
the ambient temperature at -13° F (-25° C)
or lower.
NOTE：
0 4 -19 4-19 4-19
2 2-
See “Fluid Systems”
0 on page 2-20.
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
n g x12 g x12 g x12
ze zen zen
Fig.5-117
1. Lower the moldboard and all attachments

to the ground.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-118

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
2. Continue
0 2 2- to run the engine for one minute 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 to increase the brake accumulator gpres-
more
x 12 gx12
zen sure. The alert indicator (2) on thezemonitor
n
2 zen F1
should turn off. Shut down the engine.

15 F2
10 20
5 25
0 30 F3
X100 rpm
F4
?
F5
E F 0 10 40 120 40 120
%
Bar c c
F6
4- 19 19
Fig.5-119
4- 4- 19
022-0 022-02. Alert indicator 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12
g3. Press and release the service brakeenpedal gx12 gx12
zen (3) at least five times or until the alert zindicator zen
on the Combined Instruments Display flickers 3
on and off.
4. Contact Sany if the alert indicator begins

flickering on and off before the service brake
pedal has been pressed and released less
than five times.
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 gx12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-120
3. Service brake pedal
Transmission Oil and Transmission Filter

Screens
NOTE：
See “Secure the
4 - 19 Machine for Maintenance” 4- 19 4- 19
- 0
on page 5-52.
2 2-0 2-0
02 02 02
x1 22 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4-19
5.8.3 Maintenance
0 2 2- Log
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12the completion of all x12 x12
en
Record
znance ng
of the mainte-
ze zen
g
tasks from this section.
5.9 2,000-Hour Maintenance

5.9.1 Introduction
NOTICE
Failure to perform the following
procedures when and how directed can
cause damage to
0 4 -19the machine and cause 4- 19 4-19
22-to operate improperly.
the machine
0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 x12 x12
eng Secure the Machine for
z5.9.2 zen
g
zen
g
Maintenance

tenance procedures.

in this section.
3. Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure in the DA

-19 manual.
04this
Safety section of 04-
19 NG
ER 0 4 -19
2 - 2 - 2-
202 202 DO
22
0 2
x12
NOTE：
n g n g x12 OP NO
ER T g x 1
e “Lockout/Tagout Procedures” on page
zSee ze 2- AT zen
20.
E
NOTE：
4. With the machine secured, check the

following:
• Engine Coolant
• -19 and Differential Case
Tandem Drive Cases
4 4 -19 4-19
Oils
02 2-0 0 2 2-
Fig.5-1210
02 2-0
2 22 2
• Circle
g x 12 Drive Oil g x1 g x12
z•enHydraulic Oil zen zen
• Fuel Tank

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
2-
Engine2Coolant
0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 x12 x12
zen DANGER zeng zen
g
Inhaling or ingesting coolant is toxic. If
not avoided, this will result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
Do not remove the filler cap while the
engine is hot. Engine coolant is under
pressure when hot and will spurt out.
Always wait19for the engine to cool to
0 4 - 0 4 -19 4- 19
outdoor2- ambient temperature before
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
12 warning will result in creating 12a x12
removing the filler cap. Failure to follow
g x g x g
zen hazardous situation which could resultzen in zen
this
NOTE：
See “Engine Coolant” on page 5-20.
1. Shut down the engine, then locate the cool-

ant recovery tank cap (a) which is accessible
a
from the top rear of the machine.
19 19 19
04- the cap from the recovery 2-04-
2. Slowly remove
2 - 2-0
4-
tank.202 202 202
x12 x12 x12
ENGINE COOLANT
g g g
6L)
(Total Volume:
zen 3. Place zen

an appropriately sized container
zen
under the radiator drain.
NOTE：
See “Location, Capacity and Type” on page 5- Fig.5-122
14 for capacity and “Engine Coolant” on page a. Coolant recovery tank cap
5-20 for type.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
022-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

4. Disconnect2-the hose at (b) and allow the
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
coolant2to 2 2
g x 1 completely drain into a catch con-gx12 g x12
en then reconnect the hose.
ztainer, zen zen
NOTICE
Dispose of the drained coolant in
accordance with local environmental b
regulations. Failure to do so could result
in damage to the environment.
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
b. Hose at
5. Add new coolant to the coolant recovery
tank to the normal operating level as shown
on the recovery tank sight glass (c).
NOTE： c
Normal operating level is approximately at the
2/3 mark on the sight glass.
4-19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 202 02
NOTE：
2
n g x12
See “Location, Capacity and Type” on page 5- 12
gx Fig.5-124 g x12
e for coolant capacity.
z14 zen zen
6. Reinstall the cap on the coolant recovery c. Recovery tank sight glass
tank, start the engine and run it at low idle
speed until the coolant temperature gauge on
the monitor shows 60° - 83° C.
7. Check the coolant level in the sight glass. If

the coolant level is too low, remove the cool-
ant recovery tank cap and add coolant as-
needed. 9
1 19 19
4- 4- 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
202 Cases and Differential Case 2 202
Tandem Drive
2 202
Oils x1
g x1 g g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4- 19 4- 19
NOTE：2-
02 0 2 2-0 02 2-0
See2 2“Maintenance 22 2
x12
Log” on page 5-52 for
x1 x1
zengthese procedures. zen
g
zen
g
Circle Drive Oil
1. Park the machine on firm, level ground,

then shut down the engine. a
2. Place an appropriately sized container

under the circle drive drain plug (a).
NOTE：
9
See “Location, Capacity
- 1 and Type” on page 5-
-19 19
0 4 0 4 4-
0 2 2-
14 for capacity and “Industrial Gear Oil/
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2
Temperature Data” on page 5-18 for type. 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
a. Circle drive drain plug
3. Remove the filler plug (b) from the top of
the circle drive case.
4. Remove the circle drive drain plug (1) and

allow the circle drive case to completely drain b
of all fluid.
0 4 -19 NOTICE 0 4 -19 4- 19

Dispose
0 2 2-of drained oil properly. Failure to 022- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g
do
x 12 could result in damage to gxthe 12 g x12
zen environment. zen zen
5. Clean the drain plug (a), install a new seal- Fig.5-126
ing ring on the plug, then reinstall it back in
b. Filler plug
the circle drive case.
4-19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 gx12 g x12
zen zen zen
Fig.5-127

9 9 19
0 4-1oil through the filler (b) at 0 4-1glass 4-
2-0
6. Add clean fresh
- -
c. Sight
022circle drive case until the oil lev- 2022
the top of the
2 202
12 the mid- point on the sight glassgx12
el isgxabove g x12
n
e on the side of the drive case.
z(c) zen zen
NOTE：
The quantity is approximately 1.7 gal. (6.5 L).
7. Clean the oil filler plug (b), install a new

sealing ring on the plug, then reinstall it back
in the top of the circle drive case.
Hydraulic Oil
4- 19 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
NOTE：
202 System” on page 2-22 before 2 202
See “Electrical
2 202
gx1 this procedure.
performing gx1 g x12
zen zen zen
CAUTION
Wait at least 24 hours after the machine
has stopped for the hydraulic system to
cool down sufficiently to allow it to drain.
Failure to follow this step could result in
NOTE：
-19on page 2-20.
See “Fluid Systems”
4 4-19 4-19
2-0 2-0 2-0
202the machine work equipment as 2 202
1. Position
2 202
ngx
shown.1
ngx
1 g x12
ze ze zen
2. Lower the moldboards and all attachments
to the ground.
3. Set the machine articulated parts straight

and lock the front and rear frames with the Fig.5-128
lock pin of frame articulation steering tie rod.
4. Apply the parking brake, then shut down

the engine.
5. Within 15 seconds
0 4 -19 after stopping the en- 0 4 -19 4-19
0
gine, operate 2 2-the cab control levers in all di- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
x12 in order to release internal pressure. x12
rections
g g g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
6. Locate2-and remove the hydraulic tank cap
0 2 0 2 2- 022-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the top of the hydraulic tank.
from
g x 12 g x12
zen zen a zen
Fig.5-129
19 9
a. Hydraulic
1 tank cap from
19
7. Remove 04-
2- the screws that secure the filter 02 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
2 0 2 2 2 02
g x 12 (b) in place in the hydraulic tankgfiller
screen
x 12 g x12
zen tube. zen b zen
8. Wash the filter screen in mineral spirits, let
it air dry then reinstall the filter screen in the Hydraulic Oil
Total Volume 120L
hydraulic filler tube and secure it in place with

the screws removed in step 7.
NOTE：
Replace the filter if damaged. Fig.5-130
b. Filter
9 screen
0 4 -19 4- 1 4- 19
22-
9. Place an appropriately sized container (c)
022-0 022-0
under20the drain plug. 2 2
2 x12 x12
gx1 g g
zen NOTE： zen zen
14 for capacity and “Hydraulic Oil/Ambient
10.Remove the drain plug (d), then allow the

tank to completely drain of all hydraulic oil.
NOTE：
If the drained oil contains sediment or other
debris, it may-be
4 19 necessary to remove the ac- 4 -19 d c 4- 19
0
2- (e) from the front of the tank and 022- 0 2-0
cess plate
2 0 2 2 Fig.5-131 2 02
g 12 the tank interior. Contact your gSany
clean
x x 12 x12
zen dealer before proceeding. zen z eng
c. Container d. Drain plug

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

11.Remove the
0 2 2- O-ring from the drain plug, 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the plug in mineral spirits, air dry gitx12
then wash
g x12
en install a new O-ring.
zand zen zen
12.Reinstall and tighten the plug after the hy-
draulic tank has completely drained.
NOTE：
See “Specific Torque Values” on page 5-11.
13.Add hydraulic oil to the system through the

filler tube and screen until the hydraulic oil lev-
el is at the mid-point on the sight gauge (e) on
9 19 19
4-1
the side of the tank. e 4- 4-
0 22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
NOTE：
x1 x12
2
x12
2
eng“Location, Capacity and Type” on page
zSee
g
zen5- zen
g
14 for the correct type of hydraulic oil.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the hydraulic tank. This
improper machine operation.
14.Clean and reinstall the hydraulic oil filler Fig.5-132

cap.
0 4 -19 0 4
9
e. Sight-1gauge
4-19
0 2 2-
15.Start the engine.
0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
g
16.Runx 12the engine for 10 minutes to purge thegx12 g x12
enfrom the hydraulicsystem.
zair zen zen
17.Shut down the engine.
18.Check for leaks and recheck the hydraulic

oil level once more. Add hydraulic oil if
necessary.
NOTE：
Tighten connections if leaks are found.
Fuel Tank 4- 19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12
NOTE：
x x12 x12
eng “Electrical System” on page 2-22 before
zSee zen
g
zen
g
performing this procedure.

4-19 4- 19 4- 19
2-0 2-0 2-0
2 202 DANGER
2 202 2 02
n
1 maintain the fuel system near an gopen
gxNever n x1 g x12
e e
z flame or while smoking. Failure to follow
z this zen
rule will result in death or serious injury.

and other debris from around the fuel cap, ac- a
cessible from the to prear of the machine,
then remove the lockable cap (a).
NOTICE
Contaminants9 in the fuel system can
-1 the fuel-water separator
eventually04clog 0 4 -19 4- 19
-
022 even cause fuel starvation to 2022
and 2could
-
022-0
2
g 12 engine and reduced performancegand
xthe x12 g x12
n
ze operation. ze n zen
Fig.5-133
a. Lockable cap
2. Place an appropriately sized container (b)

under thefuel tank drain plug (c), then remove
the drain plug and allow the fuel tank to com-
pletely drained.
-19 d 19 19
NOTE：
2 -
See “Location,0 4 Capacity and Type” on page 5-
2 - 04- 2-0
4-
2
20capacity
14.2for 202 2 02
size. 2 x12
n gx1 n gx1 g
e
z 3. Remove the access plates (d) fromzthe fronte zen
of the fuel tank.
4. Use clean diesel fuel to flush out residual c

dirt and other debrisfrom inside the tank, then
reinstall the drain plug. c
NOTICE
Dispose of the drained fuel properly.
Failure to do so could result in damage to b
9 -19 19
4-1
the c environment.
-04 4-
2-0 2-0
Fig.5-134
2 02 2 022 202
5. 2 a small amount of clean diesel fuel xinto
x1Add 12 b. Container 2
x1plates
d. Access
n g n g g
ze the fuel tank. ze c. Fuel tank drain zen
plug

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

6. Use a new2-brush to clean the tank interior.
0 2 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
When the
g x 12 diesel fuel becomes dirty, removegx12 g x12
en drain plug to allow the dirty fuel to empty
zthe zen zen
into the catch container, then reinstall the
drain plug.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until all dirt and sedi-

ment are removed from the tank interior.
8. With the drain plug installed and tightened

correctly, reattach both access plates.
9. Refill the tank with the correct amount of

9
clean, fresh diesel-1fuel. 19 19
4 4- 4-
0 22-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
22
NOTE：
x1 x12
2
x12
2
eng“Location, Capacity and Type” on page
See
z14 z en5-g zen
g
for the type and quantity.
10.Press the priming bulb (e) at the top of the

primary fuel filter/water separator approxi- e
mately 10 times or until the bulb becomes no-
ticeably harder to press.
NOTE：
the primary fuel filter/water separator.
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19
11.Turn on the
0 2 2-keyswitch to run the fuel deliv- 0 2 2- 02 2-0
2 2 2
ery pump
g x 12 for 30 seconds, then turn off thegx12 g x12
en
zkeyswitch. Repeat this steps 3 or 4 timesento
z zen
cycle the fuel pump.
12.Check for leaks in the fuel system and re-

pair them.
Fig.5-135
9 -19 19
4-1 4 4-
02 2-0 0 2 - 0
e. 2Priming bulb
02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

0 4 -19 4-19 4- 19
0 2 2-
02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x 12 the completion of x12 x12
n eng zen
g
Record all of the mainte-
ze nance tasks from this section. z
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4- 19
022-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader Specifications
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
Specifications
- 19 - 19 -19
-04
6 Specifications
22 -04 -04
...................................................................................................................6-1
22 22
20
6.12Machine 20 20
Dimensions ............................................................................................................6-3
2 2
1 1 1
x Technical Speclflcatlons.......................................................................................................6-4
zeng6.2 ngx ze ngx
ze
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4- 19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
gx12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

Specifications SMG200 Motor Grader
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4- 19 4- 19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
WARNING
4 -19 4 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

SMG200 Motor Grader Specifications
-1 9 19 19
-04
6.Specifications 4- 4-
02 2 022-0 022-0
22
x1 Machine Dimensions
6.1 x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
I
B G
9 9 19
4-1 4-1
D H
C 4-
2-0 2-0 2-0
J
02 E
02 02
x1 22 F
x12
2
x12
2
g g g
zen zen zen
Fig.6-1
Table 6–1
Item Unit Value

A Height to top of cab (high cab) mm 3310
B Length (front axle to moldboard) mm 2520
C 4-19 Wheel base ( between front and rear4-19 mm 6175 4- 19

2-0 axle)
2 -0 2-0
2 202 2
2
20 rear 2 202
x1 D 1 1
Wheel base (between middle and
g wheels)eng
x mm gx1524
zen z zen
E Length (front tire to rear of machine) mm 8960
F Overall length (counterweight to ripper) mm 10380
G Width (tire center lines) mm 2077
H Width (outside front tires) mm 2720
I Ground clearance at rear axle mm 370
J Moldboard length (standard machine) mm 3660
NOTE：
0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4- 19
The above
0 2 2- data are specifications of standard 022- 022-0
2 so specific data of actual machine 2 2
g x 12
machine,
g x 12 gx12
zen may be different. zen zen

Specifications SMG200 Motor Grader
1 9 19 19
04- Speclflcatlons
6.2 Technical
2 - 2-0
4-
2-0
4-
202 2 02 202
g x12Category Item g x12 g x12
zen zen Valuezen
Front wheel steering angle ±50°
Front wheel tilt angle ±17°
Performance
Frame articulation steering angle ±20°
specifications
Front axle oscillation angle ±16°
Minimum turning radius (m) 7.4
Blade tilt angle ±90°
Blade revolving angle ±360°
9 -19 19
4-1 4 4-
2-0 0 2-0
Maximum lift above ground (mm)
2-
480
02
Blade 0 2 02
x122 12
Maximum cutting depth
x
2 (mm) 715
x12
2
g g g
zen zen range
Blade angle zen 40°
Reverse 5° / Forward
Blade height (mm) 620
3.8/5.1/7.5/10.3/16.1/21.9/30.1/
Forward (km/h)
Travel Speed 43.8
Reverse (km/h) 3.0/5.6/8.1/12.7/23.8/34.6
Tyre Model 17.5-25-12PR
Manufacturer Cummins
Engine Model QSC
4- 19 Rated power (kW)

4-19 153
4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12
NOTE：
x x12 x12
engabove data are specifications of standard
zThe zen
g
zen
g
machine, so specific data of actual machine
may be different.
4- 19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 022-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen

4-19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19
02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
12
www.sanyglobal.com
gx g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
4-19 4-19 4-19

02 2-0 02 2-0 02 2-0
2 2 2
g x12 g x12 g x12
zen zen zen
SANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING CO., LTD

SANY Industry Town, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Changsha, Hunan,
China 410100
9 19 19
4-1
Tel: 0086-4006098318
0 4- 4-
2 - 2-0 2-0
202
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn 202 202
g x12 www.sanyglobal.com
Website:
n g x12 g x12
ze zen zen

Safety, Operation &amp; Maintenance Manual SMG200

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Safety, Operation &amp; Maintenance Manual SMG200

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

19 19 19

Quality Changes the World

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 SMG200 Motor 4 -19 Grader 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4 -19 4 -19

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Scan here to download the Service Cloud APP

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 0 4 -19

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

19 manual is used to guide qualified operators

• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1

2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 I

3.1.7 Work Implement............................................................................................................3-9

II Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

4.4 Engine Procedures ............................................................................................................ 4-15

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 III

IV Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 V

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

VI Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-1

1-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

It is important to read this manual carefully be-

Continuing improvements in the design of this

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-3

Sany Industry Town, Economic and Techno-

This documentation applies only to this ma-

1.3.2 Safety, Operation & Maintenance

0 4 -19 0 4 -19 4-19

A copy of this manual should be made avail-

1.3.3 Parts Book

The Parts book consists

1-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

1.4.2 Serial Number Location

The data plate (a) includes information that

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-5

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

1-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-7

0 4 -19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

1. Seat 6. Steering wheel

1-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017 1-9

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

1-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

0 4 -19 Fires ..........................................................................................................

2-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-January 2017

4-19 4-19 4-19

4-19 4-19 4-19

Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual SMG200

Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual SMG200